Annual
Report
2019
2
0
1
9
T
E
L
A
D
O
C
H
E
A
L
T
H
A
N
N
U
A
L
R
E
P
O
R
T
LEARN MORE
TeladocHealth.com | 203-635-2002 | NYSE: TDOC
Corporate
information
STOCK LISTING
Teladoc Health’s common stock is traded on the
New York Stock Exchange. Teladoc Health’s ticker
symbol is TDOC.
TRANSFER AGENT
American Stock Transfer and Trust Company, LLC
6201 15th Avenue
Brooklyn, New York 11219
www.astfinancial.com
718-921-8124
INVESTOR RELATIONS
Teladoc Health
Investor Relations
2 Manhattanville Road
Purchase, NY 10577
203-635-2002
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED
PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
Ernst & Young, LLP
5 Times Square
New York, NY 10036
CORPORATE HEADQUARTERS
2 Manhattanville Road
Purchase, New York 10577
203-635-2002
CORPORATE WEBSITE
www.TeladocHealth.com
LEARN MORE
DIRECTORS
David B. Snow Jr. (Chairman)
Helen Darling
William H. Frist, MD
Michael Goldstein
Jason Gorevic
Catherine A. Jacobson
Brian McAndrews
Thomas G. McKinley
Arneek Multani
Kenneth H. Paulus
David L. Shedlarz
Mark D. Smith, MD
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
Jason Gorevic
Chief Executive Officer
Michelle Bucaria
Chief Human Resources Officer
Lewis Levy, MD
Chief Medical Officer
Mala Murthy
Chief Financial Officer
David Sides
Chief Operating Officer
Andrew Turitz
Senior Vice President
Corporate Development
Adam Vandervoort
Chief Legal Officer and Secretary
Stephany Verstraete
Chief Marketing Officer
TeladocHealth.com | 203-635-2002 | NYSE: TDOC
About Teladoc Health
Teladoc Health is the global virtual care leader, helping millions of people resolve their healthcare needs with confidence. Together with our
clients and partners, we are continually modernizing the healthcare experience and making high-quality healthcare a reality for more people and
organizations around the world.
© 2020 Teladoc Health, Inc. All rights reserved.
Our Values
We are passionate about taking care of people.
We are committed to unsurpassed quality.
We keep our promises.
We strive to create value.
We stand up for what’s right.
We lead with integrity, accountability, and transparency.
We respect each other and value succeeding together.
© 2020 Teladoc Health, Inc. All rights reserved. 44728512
“ The pace of virtual care adoption continues to accelerate and we
have never been better positioned to respond to the enormous
opportunities to drive value for our clients and shareholders.”
Jason Gorevic, CEO
Dear fellow shareholders,
2019 was an important year for Teladoc Health as we delivered record
results across our key financial and operational metrics, while setting
the stage for continued growth in the years to come. These results are
underpinned by a relentless focus on our mission to transform how people
access and experience healthcare, with a focus on high quality, lower costs,
and improved outcomes around the world.
In 2019, revenue grew 32% to over $553 million while adjusted EBITDA
more than doubled to $31.8 million. We expanded access to our platform
over the course of the year by 74% to 56 million. A reflection of this strong
momentum, in 2019 we delivered 69% total shareholder return versus a
31% return for the S&P500.
As we approach the five-year anniversary of our initial public offering, I am
proud to reflect on all that we have accomplished. We have significantly
expanded both the scope of our offering and the breadth of our
distribution. In 2019, our member engagement capabilities helped drive
over 50% growth in visit volume, as we provided over 4.1 million virtual visits
across specialties. Nearly 20% of our business is now outside of the United
States, and our leadership across channels is expanding every year.
Looking forward, we continue to see tremendous opportunity to
broaden the role we play in the healthcare system across primary care,
multi-specialty care, and through our virtual center of excellence. Our
partners are increasingly turning to us for our comprehensive suite of
services, and the addition of InTouch Health will enable us to expand our
coverage across the clinical acuity spectrum and across care settings,
including within major health systems around the world.
I would like to thank the Teladoc Health team around the world for their
continued commitment to our mission and values. I would also like to
thank our clients, partners, and shareholders, for trusting in our vision to
reshape the future of healthcare.
Jason Gorevic
Chief Executive Officer
64%
CAGR
$233
$553
$418
$123
$77
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
Revenue (M)
64%
CAGR
1,463
4,138
2,640
952
576
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
Visits
32%
CAGR
20*
37
23
18
12
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
Members
*adjusted for 3.6 million Aetna VFO lives
Our Mission
At Teladoc Health, we are
transforming how people access
healthcare around the world. We are
creating a new kind of healthcare
experience—one with greater
convenience, outcomes, and value.
© 2020 Teladoc Health, Inc. All rights reserved. 44728512
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
Form 10-K
☒ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the year ended December 31, 2019
or
☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF
1934
For the transition period from to
Commission File Number: 001-37477
TELADOC HEALTH, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware
(State of incorporation)
2 Manhattanville Road, Suite 203
Purchase, New York
(Address of principal executive office)
04-3705970
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
10577
(Zip code)
(203) 635-2002
(Registrant’s telephone number including area code)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class
Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share
Trading Symbol(s)
TDOC
Name of each exchange on which registered
The New York Stock Exchange
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: Not Applicable
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes No
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act. Yes No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during
the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past
90 days. Yes No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405
of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the
definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filer
Emerging growth company ☐
Accelerated filer
Non-accelerated filer
Smaller reporting company
☐
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or
revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.) Yes ☐ No
The aggregate market value of the common stock held by non-affiliates as of the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal
quarter was approximately $4,607,261,555. The registrant has no non-voting stock outstanding.
As of February 20, 2020, there were 73,008,312 shares of common stock outstanding.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement to be delivered to stockholders in connection with the 2020 annual meeting of stockholders to be held on
May 28, 2020 are incorporated by reference in response to Part III of this Report.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PART I
Business
ITEM 1.
ITEM 1A. Risk Factors
ITEM 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments
ITEM 2.
ITEM 3.
ITEM 4.
Properties
Legal Proceedings
Mine Safety Disclosures
PART II
ITEM 5.
ITEM 6.
Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of
Equity Securities
Selected Financial Data
Special Note Regarding Forward Looking Statements
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
ITEM 7.
ITEM 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
ITEM 8.
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
ITEM 9.
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.
ITEM 9A. Controls and Procedures
ITEM 9B. Other Information
PART III
Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Executive Compensation
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
ITEM 10.
ITEM 11.
ITEM 12.
ITEM 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
ITEM 14.
Principal Accounting Fees and Services
PART IV
ITEM 15.
ITEM 16. Form 10-K Summary
Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
EXHIBIT INDEX
SIGNATURES
Page
2
14
43
43
43
43
44
45
47
49
72
72
73
73
75
76
76
76
76
76
77
77
78
83
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTAL DATA
F-1
1
Item 1. Business
Overview
PART I
Teladoc Health, Inc. is the largest and most trusted global leader of comprehensive virtual healthcare services.
We are forging a new healthcare experience with better convenience, outcomes and value. Our mission is to transform
how people access healthcare, delivering an improved experience with better convenience, outcomes and value for
individuals, providers and Clients. We provide virtual access to high-quality care and expertise, with a portfolio of
services and solutions covering more than 450 medical subspecialties from non-urgent, episodic needs like flu and upper
respiratory infections, to chronic, complicated medical conditions like cancer and congestive heart failure. By combining
the latest in data and analytics with an award-winning user experience through a highly flexible technology platform, we
completed approximately 4.1 million telehealth visits in 2019 for patients around the globe.
Over 36.7 million unique U.S. paid Members and 19.3 million visit fee only individuals have access to our
high-quality healthcare and expertise. We deliver services in more than 175 countries around the world in more than 40
languages. We provide access to healthcare through our portfolio of consumer brands 24 hours a day, seven days a week
and 365 days a year. Our solutions are delivered with an approximate median response time of less than ten minutes for
2019 in the U.S. for general medical inquiries from the time a Member requests a general medical telehealth visit to the
time they consult with a Teladoc Health network provider.
Who We Serve
We currently provide virtual healthcare services on a business-to-business (B2B) basis to thousands of Clients
spanning the global healthcare distribution landscape and provide services to consumers directly and through channel
partners. In our behavioral health business, including our BetterHelp brand, we serve individuals in the direct-to-
consumer (D2C) market and through business partnerships with other trusted brands. Teladoc Health employers, health
plans, hospitals and health systems, and insurance and financial services companies (Clients) purchase our solutions to
reduce their healthcare spending, or to provide market differentiating services as either part of, or a complement to, their
core set of consumer service offerings, while at the same time, offering convenient, affordable, high-quality healthcare to
their constituents.
We have over 50 health plan Clients, including some of the largest in the United States such as Aetna, Blue
Shield of California, Blue Cross and Blue Shield of Alabama, Premera and United Healthcare. While health plans are
Clients, they also serve as distribution channels to self-insured employers that contract with us through our relationships
with the health plan. We work with more than 70 global insurance and financial services firms, such as AIG, AXA
Global, Great West Life and MLC.
We serve more than 300 hospital and health system Clients, including prestigious organizations such as
Jefferson Partners Healthcare.
Our employer Clients include over 40% of the Fortune 500 companies. The remainder of our Clients are from
channel partners such as brokers, resellers and consultants who sell into a range of small, medium and large enterprises.
We formed an important D2C enterprise partnership with CVS to be their virtual care provider, a rollout that
continued throughout 2019.
Our virtual solutions delivered through all of our channels offer our Clients proven substantial savings
opportunities and an attractive return on investment. We commissioned Veracity Analytics, an independent healthcare
data analytics company, to perform a study of several Clients representing nearly two million of our Members as of the
end of 2016. To date, we believe this is the most comprehensive study of its kind and the findings remain valid based on
our experience with our Clients. The study found that these Clients saved $472 on average per general medical visit
when its Members received healthcare through Teladoc Health instead of receiving healthcare in other settings for the
2
same diagnosis.
The Teladoc Health Brand Portfolio
Our consumer brands – Teladoc, Advance Medical, Best Doctors, BetterHelp and HealthiestYou - deliver
access to advice and resolution to a broad array of healthcare needs, in intuitive, award-winning experiences designed to
meet the expectations of today’s consumers, from children to the senior population. The most common way for
individuals to request healthcare is by using a mobile device, reflecting the growing consumer adoption of mobile
technology and applications in managing their health.
How We Generate Revenue
We primarily generate revenue on a contractually recurring, subscription access fee basis, typically on a
per-Member-per-month (PMPM) basis, and in certain contracts, on a per subscriber basis. Our subscription access
fees comprise the majority of our revenue and therefore provide us with significant revenue visibility. We also
generate additional revenue on a per-visit basis through certain Clients with visit fee only (VFO) arrangements.
Subscription access fees are paid by our Clients on behalf of their employees, dependents, policy holders,
card holders, beneficiaries or, as is the case with certain of our subscribers, fees are paid by our Members
themselves. General medical and other specialty visit fees are paid by Clients and/or Members.
For certain Clients, we also earn visit fees or per-case fees in combination with subscription access fees.
Subscription access fee services continue to be the most appealing to our Clients due to the proven effectiveness of
our engagement science and surround sound strategies driving utilization of our services. In 2019, we continued to
experience strong demand for our subscription access fee services. For the year ended December 31, 2019, 84%
and 16% of our revenue was derived from subscription access fees and visit fees, respectively.
Global Market Opportunities
We believe that favorable macro trends, in combination with the expansion of our capabilities, present
significant opportunities for virtual healthcare to address the most pressing, universal healthcare challenges through
trusted solutions, such as ours, that match consumer demand and physician supply at the time of need.
Barriers and inefficiencies in healthcare systems around the world present market participants with major global
challenges such as:
(i) consumers lack sufficient access to high-quality, cost-effective healthcare at appropriate sites of care,
while bearing an increasing share of costs;
(ii) employers and health plans lack effective solutions that reduce costs while enhancing healthcare access
for beneficiaries;
(iii) health systems lack effective solutions to manage supply/demand gaps driven by physician demographics,
burn out and aging baby boomers; and
(iv) providers lack flexibility to increase productivity by delivering healthcare on their own terms.
Traditional market participants are therefore increasingly unable to effectively and efficiently receive, deliver or
administer healthcare. At the same time, the emergence of technology platforms solving massive structural challenges in
other industries has highlighted the need for similar solutions in healthcare. Teladoc Health offers solution to address
these challenges.
Our Competitive Strengths
We believe that Teladoc Health is the leading global virtual healthcare provider with strong competitive
advantages that address the most pressing challenges and trends in the delivery of healthcare around the world. We
believe our history of innovation and long-standing operational excellence provide us with significant first-mover
3
advantages, and we continue to invest and expand our services and geographic footprint globally. As the first
comprehensive virtual healthcare provider at scale, we have pioneered solutions and created what we believe are
collectively, the telehealth industry’s first and only offerings of their kind.
Comprehensive Suite of Virtual Healthcare Clinical Services
We believe that we are the first and only company to provide a comprehensive and integrated virtual healthcare
solution covering a full spectrum of clinical conditions – from non-critical, episodic care to chronic, complicated cases –
as well as a wide range of services, such as telehealth solutions, expert medical services, behavioral health solutions,
guidance and support, and platform & program services.
Our proprietary platform enables patients and our providers (Providers) to have an integrated, smart user
experience, through mobile, web, and phone based accessed points. Our virtual health assistant leverages natural
language processing, patient and group specific information, clinical guidelines, and learning algorithms to make finding
the right virtual health service even easier for our Members at their moment of need. We have seen increasing adoption
of multiple products by our Clients. Our analytics driven member engagement capabilities deliver industry leading
utilization and return on investment for our Clients.
Global Footprint Spanning Clients, Medical Operations and Members
We have a successful track record of acquiring and integrating companies with common purpose,
complementary capabilities and access to new markets. We believe we have the only global footprint spanning a diverse
set of client channels, medical operations and Members. Combining our suite of international clinical capabilities with
our technology and operational scale uniquely equips us to meet the needs of U.S. multinational employers that serve
more than one third of their employees who live abroad.
We have 17 offices globally servicing patients from more than 175 countries and can deliver care in more than
40 languages.
Unmatched Breadth of Solutions for Clients Across All Channels Served
We deliver a comprehensive set of solutions to a diverse Client population through a highly efficient and
effective distribution network wherein we reach consumers on a direct B2B basis through our Clients and channel
partners as well on a D2C basis by marketing our solution directly to potential paid Members.
On a direct B2B basis, we sell to our Clients who in turn buy our solutions on behalf of their beneficiaries. In
our various sales channels, a range of third-parties, including health plans, financial institutions, brokers, agents, benefits
consultants and resellers, sell our solutions to various end markets around the world. Notably, many of our health plan
Clients also act as channel partners because they resell our solutions to their Administrative Service Only (ASO)
accounts and other customers. Similarly, our financial services Clients act as channel partners, embedding our solutions
into a range of insurance, credit card and other financial products.
In the hospital and health systems market, we sell our solutions directly to provider entities who leverage our
platform to deliver virtual healthcare to both new and existing patients. We have a growing presence in D2C markets,
where we primarily focus on general telehealth visits and behavioral health. We believe the breadth of our distribution
strategy allows us to directly reach consumers and Clients of nearly every size and in nearly every market.
Comprehensive Engagement Model that Drives Utilization
We believe that our ability to drive behavior change on a global scale to deliver the highest utilization of virtual
healthcare services in the industry is a key competitive differentiator for Teladoc Health. We utilize a combination of
engagement science, our Surround Sound capabilities as well as our deep knowledge and expertise of various
populations to increase the adoption of our virtual care services.
4
Our Engagement Science is a unique combination of the application of predictive analytics and modeling, our
deep experience with all population demographics and expertise in applying this knowledge to our Client populations on
a global scale. With our proprietary Engagement Science, we target Members using behavioral triggers, advanced
predictive modeling and demographic/firmographic insights. This increases efficiency and the impact of our
communications by reaching the right Member, with the right personalized message, in the right micro moments of their
day-to-day lives. We were the first to implement sophisticated behavioral analytics and predictive modeling to drive
utilization across our full portfolio of clinical services which are especially critical for more complex health conditions.
We believe that our Surround Sound capabilities are unique in the breadth and scale of media mix, analytics and
targeting techniques that we actively deploy across our diverse client populations on a global scale. We use these
capabilities, plus our Engagement Science, to drive awareness and utilization of Teladoc Health services through
innovative media strategies designed to reach Members in their homes, on the go and in their moments of need. Our
Surround Sound capabilities and strategies are continuously being evaluated, analyzed and evolved to meet ever-shifting
consumer behaviors.
We also are unique in our ability to successfully service our clients with Medicaid and Medicare Advantage
populations, at scale. With a deep knowledge of CMS and DHS regulatory requirements, we have developed processes,
capabilities, and assets that allow us to support the business needs of our clients and engage with these populations at
large. In addition, our engagement approach is tailored to the differences and nuances of these two distinct consumer
bases. Messaging and media mix are bespoke for these audiences, driving awareness and utilization of Teladoc Health
benefits through channels and mediums most relevant to them, with messaging specifically crafted to address the distinct
health needs and behaviors of these programs.
In addition to our proactive engagement techniques, we also provide our Clients with on-line access to our
Teladoc Health Engagement Center for client specific, fully customized engagement collateral on a self-service basis.
We believe that we are the only partner globally that provides our business-to-business-to-consumer Clients across all
market channels with the breadth and dynamic customization of our proprietary online portal. The Teladoc Health
Engagement Center has experienced strong Client adoption, with growth of more than 18% in 2019 compared to 2018.
Highly Scalable and Secure API-Driven Technology Platform
We are tackling access, cost and quality of healthcare challenges for our Clients through our core technology
platform that dynamically and efficiently match our Member’s demand and our Provider’s availability real-time,
asynchronously and in various modalities such as video, web, mobile and telephone.
Our integrated, flexible, purpose-built solution positions us at the center of the patient, provider and payor
relationship and as a key participant in the highly complex healthcare industry. We believe our technology platform
contains several differentiating features.
We believe we were the first to build a highly scalable, integrated, application program interface or API-driven
technology platform, for virtual healthcare delivery, with multiple real-time integrations spanning the healthcare
ecosystem.
We have a highly scalable platform that is currently equipped to serve over 100 million Members.
Our core platform can provide the same level of Member support and response time for upwards of 50,000
visits per day versus our December 2019 rate of almost 10,000 visits per day, on average. Further, our platform has been
built to accommodate the seamless and quick introduction of new services and products that we have introduced, such as
behavioral health, dermatology, nutrition, expert medical opinions, global healthcare including our Canadian telehealth
program, and other services that are currently in the development stages.
We pride ourselves on what we believe is unmatched integration with the payor community that enables us to
uniquely provide real-time eligibility checking, real-time Member financial liability calculations and clinical data
5
exchange.
Our platform’s APIs power external connectivity and deep integration with a wide range of payors, third party
applications and other interfaces which uniquely positions us to be a central partner meeting the unique needs of the
rapidly emerging, technology powered healthcare industry.
We believe that we have the only platform that incorporates the core functionality required to offer a full
spectrum of virtual healthcare services on a single system. Our platform features predictive modeling, automated
complex routing, queuing and scheduling.
Consumers benefit from our ability to customize their experience to meet their unique needs. They can
manage their own electronic medical records, (EMRs). We also provide access to a secure message center, provider
finder, image upload capability and enable real-time sharing capabilities with providers that include visit scheduling, a
single sign on and full interoperability with native iOS and Android apps.
Our Providers benefit from a dedicated, easy to use mobile app, EMR and visit queue, proprietary telehealth
guidelines, e prescribing and a range of other features and functions such as auto complete symptoms, diagnoses and
billing codes.
To meet the growing needs of hospitals and health systems, as well as multi-national insurers, our proprietary
licensed platform enables Clients to fully integrate private instances of our platform alongside their traditional modes of
delivering healthcare to their patients. Leveraging the flexibility and customization available on the platform, most of
these implementations incorporate deep integration with the hospital or health system’s EMR platform for scheduling
and bi-directional clinical data sharing.
High-Quality Clinical Capabilities Tailored to Virtual Care
We deliver high-quality clinical care and advice in a virtual setting to our Members through the unique
combination of our proprietary guidelines, breadth and depth of clinical quality data, analytics, oversight as well as
through our in-house and third-party medical professionals (the Teladoc Health Medical Network).
The Medical Group is composed of staff clinicians, our telehealth provider network and our Global Expert
Panel. Overseeing the Medical Group we have a Quality and Care and Patient Safety sub-committee of our Board of
Directors, chaired by Senator Bill Frist, M.D. We also have a Medical Advisory Board with a global network.
With the Teladoc Health Telehealth Practice, we believe that by directly recruiting, credentialing, training and
contracting with our Providers we have built our clinical capabilities in a manner that supports the operational
complexity of and commitment to clinical quality required in delivery of care in a virtual setting. We provide expert
medical services through a combination of our Teladoc Health Expert Panel, as well as in house health
professionals. Our Global Expert Panel is composed of a network of over 50,000 clinicians around the world whose
specialties span over 450 sub-specialties and are affiliated with some of the most prestigious medical facilities in the
world.
To improve the clinical quality our patients receive, we apply analytics to the anonymized data points generated
in our millions of visits with patients, these data sets and insights are applied to enhancing our Providers ability to deliver
quality care through tools such as our Provider dashboards, as well as serving a foundation for clinical innovation,
collaborating with leaders in the space, focused on the advancement of virtual care delivery and practices.
We established the healthcare industry’s first Patient Safety Organization (PSO) dedicated to virtual care with
the mission of conducting quality and safety initiatives with and on behalf of key healthcare stakeholders, including other
PSOs, to improve the delivery of virtual care across the country. Named “The Institute for Patient Safety and Quality of
Virtual Care,” this newly formed component entity of Teladoc Health is formally recognized by the Department of
Health and Human Services (HHS) and listed and certified by the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality (AHRQ).
6
To deliver virtual care spanning the comprehensive suite of clinical services that Teladoc Health offers, we have
pioneered the development of a new clinical specialty, the Virtualist, which is in the early stages of development. We
have partnered with Thomas Jefferson University to offer a fellowship focused on the training of future leaders in virtual
care. Additionally, as part of our successful antibiotic prescribing stewardship program, we have undertaken a five-year,
grant-funded research study together with the University of Southern California (USC) Schaeffer Center for Health
Policy & Economics and Northwestern University, to lead the first-ever, large-scale study to assess antibiotic prescribing
practices in telehealth. This project is funded through a grant from the Department of Health and Human Services'
Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality and as part of the White House’s National Action Plan for Combating
Antibiotic-Resistant Bacteria (CARB). This study is expected to set a new precedent in medical literature by adding
specific standards for telehealth and virtual care.
Our Growth Strategies
The following are our key growth strategies.
Enable A Virtual First Strategy for Consumer Healthcare Access
Teladoc Health is creating a new virtual front door for consumers to access the healthcare system. As we drive
the world to a “Virtual First” mindset, we believe only Teladoc Health has the enterprise scale, technical capabilities,
clinical depth, and consumer engagement expertise to achieve the vision. We refer to Teladoc Health’s integrated
offering as our comprehensive Virtual Healthcare Delivery Platform.
Teladoc Health’s Virtual Healthcare Delivery Platform is changing consumer behavior to where consumers
access virtual healthcare as their first point of entry into the healthcare system for a wide range of their healthcare needs.
We are creating a new virtual front door, providing simple access to powerful healthcare solutions for consumers. We are
delivering a single solution leveraging our comprehensive clinical expertise, to address the complete spectrum of
conditions from non-critical, episodic care to chronic, complicated cases. The Virtual First model is built on our
integrated Virtual Healthcare Delivery Platform, combining smart technologies and AI, rich data exchange, Analytics
and scalability to streamline care and drive better outcomes. Our Virtual Healthcare Delivery Platform matches the
expectations of today’s digital consumer with a new kind of healthcare experience.
Expand our suite of clinical services to address unmet needs
We believe that our Virtual Healthcare Delivery Platform addresses significant unmet needs and we intend to
continue to expand our solutions across use cases and additional care settings.
In its annual survey, the National Business Group on Health asked 147 large employers representing 15 million
lives for their perspectives on the rapidly-changing healthcare environment and the impact on healthcare costs, plan
design trends, and employer initiatives. The survey indicates that employers expect healthcare costs to increase – an
average of 5% in 2020 – continuing to outpace worker earnings and the Consumer Price Index. Top drivers include high-
cost claimants, specialty pharmacy, and specific conditions such as musculoskeletal and cancer. Behavioral health costs,
and notably, inappropriate and inefficient use of the healthcare system are other key factors.
The same study identified that the majority of employers’ report that their top new initiative for the year ahead
is expanded implementation of virtual care. Teladoc Health’s portfolio of higher acuity offerings are well positioned to
meet these needs.
As it relates to mental health – a costly medical issue affecting one in five American adults – the U.S.
Department of Health and Human Services estimates that approximately 96.5 million Americans live in areas where
there are shortages of mental health providers. In 2019 we commissioned IPSO MORI to perform an international study
into workplace mental health, which showed that 82% of employees who have had a mental health diagnosis have kept
their difficulties hidden from workplace management. Over half of employees (55%) agreed more should be done in
their workplace to improve mental health, with more than a third (38%) saying they would be more productive at work if
there was better mental health support. To improve access to high-quality behavioral healthcare and navigation, Teladoc
7
Health offers three care offerings to support the many different ways mental health challenges present themselves: for
our B2B Clients, Behavioral Health Care provides access to ongoing treatment from licensed mental health
professionals, Behavioral Health Navigator, available in multiple countries, enables high-touch review of diagnosis and
treatment plans. We also offer D2C access to behavioral health professionals who treat conditions such as anxiety and
depression through our Better Help offering.
We are able to offer solutions to our Members globally for a range of critical, life-threatening cases such as
cancer, musculoskeletal conditions, inflammatory disorders, heart conditions, chronic pain, and many other chronic,
complex, and critical medical issues. By bringing our global provider networks together under our Virtual Healthcare
Delivery Platform, we believe we have created an unrivaled offering that will enable the continued expansion of our
product portfolio and solve the biggest challenges of our Clients and Members.
We also continually explore ancillary opportunities to broaden our business. We believe our services have wide
applicability across new use cases, including Virtual Primary Care, home care, post discharge, wellness/screening and
new areas in chronic care. During 2019 we undertook a partnership with Vida, a leader in digital chronic condition
management solutions for employers and health plans. Vida incorporates personalized digital therapeutic programs
combined with health coaching and therapy to support individuals in managing and reversing conditions such as pre-
diabetes, diabetes, hypertension, and obesity, and numerous others. Our partnership will deliver on more integrated,
clinically robust solutions that benefit Teladoc Health’s customers and members. We will continue to respond quickly to
evolving market needs with innovative solutions, including mobile applications, nutrition and wellness, biometric
devices and at-home testing.
Increase Engagement with Our Members by Driving Expanded Access & Enhanced Touch Points
We believe there is significant opportunity within our existing Membership base to increase engagement by
continually driving awareness of and usage of our solutions. We believe our Virtual Healthcare Delivery Platform can
become the primary entry point for on-demand, virtual healthcare for eligible individuals around the world. We will
continually refine and enhance our user experience, which is a critical driver of new and repeat engagement and we will
continue validating our Member satisfaction with surveys and other proactive tools.
Our mobile app is foundational for Teladoc Health as we have redefined virtual healthcare delivery and are
providing our Members with a better way to navigate their individual care. Our Members benefit from a single, patient-
centered point of access to our Virtual Healthcare Delivery Platform. As we expand the range of products and services
available to our Members, we are investing in a seamless, relevant, and personalized mobile experience that provides
smart guidance for our Members. For example, our Health Assistant enables Members to express their healthcare need
through a user-friendly, AI-supported and guided interface. Members are then presented with the optimal product or
pathway to meet their need.
Our industry leading user interface capabilities and expertise enable unique types of partnerships where our
capabilities are delivered to our partners with their brands, logos, and workflows on mobile and web platforms.
Examples of these partnerships include CVS/Minute Clinic and United Healthcare, our single largest client deployment
in Teladoc Health’s history. These integrated member experience solutions drive higher member engagement,
convenience and utilization.
We are also building robust data repositories to strengthen our predictive models and multi-channel marketing
strategies to provide a more complete picture of our Members, enhancing our ability to lead targeted and purposeful
campaigns.
We will continue to invest heavily in marketing technologies that allow us to increase Member touch-points. In
addition, we will continue to actively engage Clients in benefit design, worksite marketing and executive sponsorship
strategies to drive awareness about our solution.
8
Expand Penetration Amongst Existing Clients
We believe that we offer a highly differentiated suite of solutions for a broad range of market channels,
spanning the spectrum of traditional healthcare system participants such as employers, health plans and health systems as
well as global financial services businesses and other organizations that have extended their investment in our industry.
We plan to execute this strategy by further penetrating existing relationships. Within existing accounts, we believe our
current Membership represents only a fraction of the potential Members available to us. Our existing health plan Clients
and self-insured Clients associated with these health plans currently purchase our solution for only a small percentage of
their beneficiaries in the aggregate, and we estimate this provides us the opportunity to grow our Membership base by
more than 75 million individuals in the United States by expanding our penetration within our existing Clients alone.
Within the health plan market, a key area for growth is in increasing penetration within Government sponsored
programs, such as Medicaid, Medicare Advantage, and Exchange populations. Virtual healthcare is well positioned to
address the cost and access challenges in many of these markets, and we expect Medicare Advantage plans to accelerate
the adoption of virtual healthcare with the expansion of telehealth coverage in the 2020 plan year under the Bipartisan
Budget Act of 2018.
A key focus for us is to offer our full suite of services to all of our new and existing Clients across all channels.
As a result, we are continuing to invest in new marketing technologies and support staff to aid our sales force to expand
existing Client relationships, support new service implementations and generate lead for potential new Clients.
Leverage Existing Distribution Channels and Expand Penetration of Global Markets
We have developed a highly effective and efficient global distribution network. Our international operations are
headquartered in Barcelona, Spain with satellite locations in countries covering Europe, South America and Asia. With
these locations, we are able to provide 24x7 international services to our Members worldwide, ensuring that they are
conveniently helped by our physicians from whatever country where they are located. When medically necessary, our
doctors can help Members navigate the local health systems to obtain the best healthcare for their situation.
In our core, traditional markets we are targeting large employers and health plans while simultaneously
committing incremental sales and marketing resources to the small to medium business (“SMB”) sales channel to
increase our penetration within this market. Additionally, we intend to further penetrate the hospital and health systems
market, as we believe our solution offers these markets an attractive platform from which to generate substantial income
by acquiring new patients and to better participate in emerging risk-sharing and value-based payment models, such as
Accountable Care Organizations and Patient-Centered Medical Homes.
We expanded our international presence through the acquisition of Advance Medical in 2018, building on our
acquisition of Best Doctors in 2017. This international Client base, largely comprised of global financial services
companies, provides fertile ground for expansion of our product portfolio through existing partners in attractive markets
where our infrastructure is already in place. During 2019 we launched our Teladoc telehealth offering in Canada,
bringing Teladoc’s market leading telehealth platform, operational expertise, clinical quality, and engagement
capabilities to a fertile and sizable market for virtual care growth.
The company’s global expansion is supported by our technology’s localization components that service a global
provider network, route visits based on mobile device location information, support real time context switching among
multiple languages, interface with electronic prescribing networks around the world, and leverage local reference data
standards.
Expand Through Focused Investments and Acquisitions
We plan to continue to support our overall strategy and market leadership with selective investments and
acquisitions. To date, we have completed multiple acquisitions that have expanded our distribution capabilities,
broadened our service offering, and created a broad global footprint. Our acquisition strategy is centered on acquiring
products, capabilities, clinical specialties, technologies and distribution channels that are highly scalable and rapidly
9
growing. We have also established a track record of integrating these acquisitions to deliver incremental value to our
Clients and Members. For example, in 2019 we began offering to U.S. clients our new Teladoc Medical Experts service,
which was commercialized from our acquisition of Best Doctors and Advance Medical. In 2019 we acquired Medicin
Direct, a leading telehealth player in France. This acquisition combines the breadth of virtual care services of Teladoc
Health with the strong, established local medical operations of MedecinDirect, enabling us to capitalize on positive
market conditions and bring the benefits of virtual care to more individuals across France. In 2019 we also made a
strategic investment in Vida Health, a personalized virtual care platform for physical and behavioral health. Our
investment in Vida Health enables us to offer targeted virtual solutions to people with multiple chronic conditions.
In January 2020 we announced a definitive agreement to acquire InTouch, Technologies, Inc., the leading
provider of enterprise solutions for hospitals and health systems. The transaction is anticipated to close by the end of the
second quarter of 2020. We will continue to evaluate and pursue acquisition opportunities that are complementary to our
business and virtual healthcare strategy.
Technology and Operations
Our core integrated technology platform supports rapid and efficient access to, and evaluation of, information
from a variety of healthcare network participants. It has a user-friendly interface designed to empower Members and
dependents to remotely access healthcare whenever and wherever an individual chooses (via mobile devices, the
Internet, video and phone).
Our enterprise scale platform is architected for sharing clinical and non-clinical data in real time among the
Teladoc Health constituents, which include: Members, Providers, provider network operations centers staff, nurses,
SureScripts (for electronic medication prescription writing, routing and fulfillment) and health plans for real time
Member eligibility verification, financial responsibility calculations, claims processing, clinical summaries and clinical
alerts.
The Teladoc Health telehealth provider network leverages our core technology platform for managing custom
visit queues that automatically and instantly route requested visits to the appropriate Providers based upon proprietary
algorithms. Providers use our Internet based application or iOS app for viewing their visit queue, scheduling visits and
following the proprietary Teladoc Health workflow for reviewing Members’ medical history and symptoms,
documenting the completed visits, e Prescribing, if appropriate, and sending applicable medical content with follow up
instructions to the Member via a secure message center.
We use data and analytics to predict demand patterns by geography and we recruit and manage our Provider
network to meet the demands of our Members. Our complex algorithms enable us to effectively manage/allocate supply
and onboard Providers to meet demand while maintaining one hour guaranteed response times, with a median response
time of less than ten minutes.
Additionally, our platform’s external connectivity and easy integration with EMR and outside systems extends
its functionality and customer features, which include:
• Member real-time eligibility and financial liability;
•
•
•
•
clinical alerts, including gaps in care integration;
partner integration and operability;
clinical data exchange (including, biometrics and visit information); and
a fully functional RESTful API.
REST is a stateless, scalable web services architecture that utilizes open communication standards such as
HTTP and HTTPS, and has been widely adopted for system to system communications. Having a documented set of
10
RESTful API’s enables our Clients and Members to access our solution using a custom or existing website or mobile
app. For example, a Teladoc Health plan Client can offer its Members the ability to access our solution through their
existing Member portal. Members can also register for Teladoc Health, complete their medical history, select a pharmacy
and request a visit without having to access the Teladoc Health Member site. All of these functions are provided via the
Client’s website or mobile app that completes system calls to the Teladoc Health API to process the requests.
The primary goal of our integrated platform architecture is to provide a single member experience for our
Clients whether they have purchased one or several of our service offerings. This is accomplished via an enterprise
services-based architecture that isolates functional capabilities into independent, standalone service pods that can be
accessed by our member facing web and mobile properties. These services can also be accessed by partners that desire
tighter integrations with seamless experiences for their Members through Single Sign on (SSO), our SDK and our APIs.
These pods can be independently managed and scaled to meet varying usage requirements.
The majority of our application platform technology is cloud based, leveraging scalable and redundant solutions
from AWS and Microsoft Azure to ensure high performance and high availability. Due to the sensitive nature of our
Members’ and Clients’ data, we have a heightened focus on data security and protection. We have a rigorous and
comprehensive information security program managed by a dedicated department of security engineers and analysts. We
have implemented telehealth industry standard processes, policies and tools through all levels of our software
development and network administration, including regularly scheduled vulnerability scanning and third-party
penetration testing in order to reduce the risk of vulnerabilities in our system. In addition, our enterprise security program
is periodically evaluated by expert third parties to ensure we are meeting or exceeding standards, best practices, and
regulatory requirements. One example of such an independent third party certification that we have achieved is
HITRUST CSF.
We have also successfully grown our business to a level that supports the establishment of Teladoc Health
owned provider network operations centers located in Lewisville, TX, Quincy, MA, Phoenix, AZ and Barcelona, Spain.
Through these internal operations centers, our employees service Teladoc Health Members and Clients with expanded
customer service, compliance monitoring, provider network operations as well as other business support functions.
The internal operations centers operate on a hosted virtual call center platform providing intelligent call routing
across the centers for inbound and outbound member and client services in an enterprise 24x7x365. Through the
platform, the centers operate together providing better time zone coverage, resource optimization, and disaster recovery
roll-over.
Sales and Marketing
We sell our services principally through our direct sales organization. Our direct sales team is comprised of
enterprise-focused field sales professionals who are organized by geography and account size. Our field professionals are
supported by a sales operations staff, including product technology experts, lead generation professionals and sales data
experts. We maintain relationships with key industry participants including benefit consultants, brokers, group
purchasing organizations and health plan and hospital partners.
We generate Client leads, accelerate sales opportunities and build brand awareness through our marketing
programs. Our marketing programs target human resource, benefits and finance executives in addition to technology and
health professionals, senior business leaders and healthcare channel partners. Our principal marketing programs include
use of our website to provide information about our company and our solution, as well as learning opportunities for
potential Members; demand generation; field marketing events; integrated marketing campaigns comprised of direct
email and online advertising; and participation in industry events, trade shows and conferences.
11
Clients and Members
Our Clients consist of (i) employers, including over 40% of Fortune 500 companies, (ii) health plans and
(iii) health systems and other entities. As of December 31, 2019, we have over thousands of Clients and our services
reached over 36.7 million Members. The following is a selection of our Clients:
•
•
•
employers, such as Accenture, Bank of America, General Mills, and T-Mobile;
health plans, such as Aetna, Blue Cross and Blue Shield of Alabama, Blue Shield of California, CareFirst
of Maryland, Inc., Highmark Inc., Premera, and United Healthcare; and
health systems, such as Jefferson Health, Mass General Brigham, Orlando Health and Adventist Health.
Within existing accounts, we believe our current Membership represents only a fraction of the potential
Members available to us. For example, our existing health plan Clients and self-insured Clients associated with these
health plans currently purchase our solution for only a small percentage of their beneficiaries in aggregate, reflecting a
significant opportunity for Membership growth. We believe there are in approximately 75 million potential Members
within these existing Clients alone.
Research and Development
Our ability to compete depends, in large part, on our continuous commitment to rapidly introduce new services,
technologies, features and functionality. Our product development team is responsible for the design, development,
testing and certification of our solution. In addition, we utilize certain third-party development services to perform
application development and design services. We focus our efforts on developing new products and further enhancing
the usability, functionality, reliability, performance and flexibility of our solution.
Competition
We view as our competitors those companies that currently (or in the future will) (i) develop and market
telehealth technology (devices and systems) or (ii) provide telehealth, such as the delivery of on-demand access to
healthcare. In the provision of telehealth, competition focuses on, among other factors, experience in operation, customer
service, quality of technology and know-how and reputation. Competitors in the telehealth and expert medical services
market include MDLive, Inc., Doctors on Demand, Inc., American Well Corporation and Grand Rounds, Inc., among
other small industry participants.
Teladoc Health Medical Group, P.A.
We contract for the services of our telehealth provider network through a services agreement with Teladoc
Health Medical Group, P.A.,formerly Teladoc Physicians, P.A.. Under the services agreement, we have agreed to serve,
on an exclusive basis, as manager and administrator of Teladoc Health Medical Group, P.A.’s non-medical functions and
services related to the provision of the telehealth services by providers employed by or under contract with Teladoc
Health Medical Group, PA.. The non-medical functions and services we provide under the services agreement primarily
include member management services, such as maintaining network operations centers for our Members to request a
visit with Teladoc Health Medical Group, P.A.’s providers, member billing and collection administration, and
maintenance and storage of member medical records. Teladoc Health Medical Group, P.A. has agreed to provide our
Members, through its providers, access to telehealth services and recommended treatment 24 hours per day, 365 days per
year. The services agreement also requires Teladoc Health Medical Group, P.A. to maintain the state licensure and other
credentialing requirements of its providers. Under the services agreement, Teladoc Health Medical Group, P.A. currently
pays us an access fee of $65,000 per month for network operations center and medical records maintenance, a fixed fee
of approximately $353,000 and $778,000, respectively per month for our provision of management and administrative
services and marketing expense and a license fee of $10,000 per month for the non-exclusive use of the Teladoc Health
trade name. The services agreement has a 20-year term and expires in February 2025 unless earlier terminated upon
mutual agreement of the parties or unilaterally by a party following the commencement of bankruptcy or liquidation
12
proceeds by the non-terminating party, a material breach of the services agreement by the non-terminating party or a
governmental or judicial termination order related to the services agreement. The Teladoc Health Medical Group, P.A. is
considered a variable interest entity and its financial results are included in Teladoc Health’s consolidated financial
statements.
Regulation
For information regarding significant regulation that affects us, refer to “Regulatory Environment” of
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations included in Part II, Item 7 of
this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and for a discussion of certain factors that may cause our actual results to differ from
currently anticipated results in connection with regulation that affects us, see “Risk Factors” included in Part I, Item 1A
of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Employees
OTHER INFORMATION
As of December 31, 2019, we had over 2,400 employees focused on our mission of transforming the way
healthcare is delivered around the world. Our dedicated employees are guided by our corporate values and driven by a
passion to help people. The breadth, depth and diversity of our employee base are key differentiators for us.
Intellectual Property
We own and use trademarks and service marks on or in connection with our services, including both
unregistered common law marks and issued trademark registrations in the United States and around the world. We also
have trademark applications pending to register marks in the United States and internationally. In addition, we rely on
certain intellectual property rights that we license from third parties and on other forms of intellectual property rights and
measures, including trade secrets, know-how and other unpatented proprietary processes and nondisclosure agreements,
to maintain and protect proprietary aspects of our products and technologies. Other than the trademarks Teladoc Health
(and design), Best Doctors (and design) and Advance Medical (and design), we do not believe our business is dependent
to a material degree on trademarks, patents, copyrights or trade secrets. We require our employees, consultants and
certain of our contractors to execute confidentiality and proprietary rights agreements in connection with their
employment or consulting relationships with us. We also require our employees and consultants to disclose and assign to
us all inventions conceived during the term of their employment or engagement while using our property or which relate
to our business.
Legal Proceedings
From time to time, Teladoc Health is involved in various litigation matters arising out of the normal course of
business, including the matters described below. We consult with legal counsel on those issues related to litigation and
seek input from other experts and advisors with respect to such matters. Estimating the probable losses or a range of
probable losses resulting from litigation, government actions and other legal proceedings is inherently difficult and
requires an extensive degree of judgment, particularly where the matters involve indeterminate claims for monetary
damages, may involve discretionary amounts, present novel legal theories, are in the early stages of the proceedings, or
are subject to appeal. Whether any losses, damages or remedies ultimately resulting from such matters could reasonably
have a material effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows will depend on a number
of variables, including, for example, the timing and amount of such losses or damages (if any) and the structure and type
of any such remedies. Teladoc Health’s management does not presently expect any litigation matter to have a material
adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
On December 12, 2018, a purported securities class action complaint (Reiner v. Teladoc Health, Inc., et.al.) was
filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York against us and certain of our officers and a
former officer. The complaint is brought on behalf of a purported class consisting of all persons or entities who
purchased or otherwise acquired shares of our common stock during the period March 3, 2016 through December 5,
13
2018. The complaint asserts violations of Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 based on
allegedly false or misleading statements and omissions with respect to, among other things, the alleged misconduct of
one of our previous executive officers. The complaint seeks certification as a class action and unspecified compensatory
damages plus interest and attorneys’ fees. We believe that the claims against us and our officers are without merit, and
we and our named officers intend to defend ourselves vigorously, including filing a motion to dismiss the complaint,
which motion was filed on September 13, 2019.
In addition, on June 21, 2019, a stockholder derivative lawsuit (Kreutter v. Gorevic, et al.) was filed in the
SDNY against certain of our current and former directors and officers. The derivative lawsuit alleges that the named
directors and officers breached their fiduciary duties to us in connection with factual assertions substantially similar to
those in the purported securities class action complaint described above. We believe that the claims set forth in this
stockholder derivative lawsuit are without merit.
On May 14, 2018, a purported class action complaint (Thomas v. Best Doctors, Inc.) was filed in the United
States District Court for the District of Massachusetts against our wholly owned subsidiary, Best Doctors, Inc. The
complaint alleges that on or about May 16, 2017, Best Doctors violated the U.S. Telephone Consumer Protection Act
(TCPA) by sending unsolicited facsimiles to plaintiff and certain other recipients without the recipients’ prior express
invitation or permission. The lawsuit seeks statutory damages for each violation, subject to trebling under the TCPA, and
injunctive relief. We will vigorously defend the lawsuit and any potential loss is currently deemed to be immaterial.
Seasonality
We typically experience the strongest increases in consecutive quarterly revenue during the fourth and first
quarters of each year, which coincides with traditional annual benefit enrollment seasons. In particular, as a result of
many Clients’ introduction of new services at the very end of the current year, or the start of each year, a concentration
of our new Client contracts have an effective date of January 1. Therefore, while Membership increases, utilization is
dampened until service delivery ramps up over the course of the year. Additionally, as a result of national seasonal cold
and flu trends, we typically experience our highest level of visit fees during the first and fourth quarters of each year
when compared to other quarters of the year. Conversely, the second quarter of the year has historically been the period
of lowest utilization of our provider network services relative to the other quarters of the year. See “Risk Factors—Risks
Related to Our Business—Our quarterly results may fluctuate significantly, which could adversely impact the value of
our common stock.” included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Other
To the extent required by Item 1 of Form 10-K, the information contained in Item 7 of this Annual Report is
hereby incorporated by reference in this Item 1.
Item 1A. Risk Factors
Our financial and operating results are subject to many significant risks and uncertainties, as described below.
The following is a summary of the material risks known to us. There may be other material risks of which we are
unaware.
Risks Related to Our Business
Our business could be adversely affected by legal challenges to our business model or by actions restricting our ability
to provide the full range of our services in certain jurisdictions.
Our ability to conduct telehealth services and expert medical services in a particular U.S. state or non-U.S.
jurisdiction is directly dependent upon the applicable laws governing remote healthcare, the practice of medicine and
healthcare delivery in general in such location which are subject to changing political, regulatory and other influences.
With respect to telehealth services, in the past, state medical boards have established new rules or interpreted existing
rules in a manner that has limited or restricted our ability to conduct our business as it was conducted in other states.
14
Some of these actions have resulted in litigation and the suspension or modification of our telehealth operations in
certain states. With respect to expert medical services, we believe we are correct in the view that they do not constitute
the practice of medicine in any jurisdiction in which we provide them. However, the extent to which a U.S. state or non-
U.S. jurisdiction considers particular actions or relationships to constitute practicing medicine is subject to change and to
evolving interpretations by (in the case of U.S. states) medical boards and state attorneys general, among others, and (in
the case of non-U.S. jurisdictions) the relevant regulatory and legal authorities, each with broad discretion. Accordingly,
we must monitor our compliance with law in every jurisdiction in which we operate, on an ongoing basis, and we cannot
provide assurance that our activities and arrangements, if challenged, will be found to be in compliance with the law.
Additionally, it is possible that the laws and rules governing the practice of medicine, including remote healthcare, in one
or more jurisdictions may change in a manner deleterious to our business. If a successful legal challenge or an adverse
change in the relevant laws were to occur, and we were unable to adapt our business model accordingly, our operations
in the affected jurisdictions would be disrupted, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition and results of operations.
In our U.S. telehealth business, we are dependent on our relationships with affiliated professional entities, which we
do not own, to provide physician services, and our business would be adversely affected if those relationships were
disrupted.
There is a risk that U.S. state authorities in some jurisdictions may find that our contractual relationships with
our physicians providing telehealth violate laws prohibiting the corporate practice of medicine. These laws generally
prohibit the practice of medicine by lay persons or entities and are intended to prevent unlicensed persons or entities
from interfering with or inappropriately influencing a physician’s professional judgment. The extent to which each state
considers particular actions or contractual relationships to constitute improper influence of professional judgment varies
across the states and is subject to change and to evolving interpretations by state boards of medicine and state attorneys
general, among others. As such, we must monitor our compliance with laws in every jurisdiction in which we operate on
an ongoing basis and we cannot guarantee that subsequent interpretation of the corporate practice of medicine laws will
not circumscribe our business operations. State corporate practice of medicine doctrines also often impose penalties on
physicians themselves for aiding the corporate practice of medicine, which could discourage physicians from
participating in our network of providers.
The corporate practice of medicine prohibition exists in some form, by statute, regulation, board of medicine or
attorney general guidance, or case law, in at least 42 states, all of which we operate in, though the broad variation
between state application and enforcement of the doctrine makes an exact count difficult. Due to the prevalence of the
corporate practice of medicine doctrine, including in the states where we predominantly conduct our business, we
contract for provider services through a services agreement with Teladoc Health Medical Group, P.A., which is a 100%
physician-owned independent entity that has agreements with several professional corporations, to contract with
physicians and professional corporations that contract with physicians for the clinical and professional services provided
to our Members. We do not own Teladoc Health Medical Group, P.A. or the professional corporations with which it
contracts. Teladoc Health Medical Group, P.A. is owned by Dr. Kyon Hood, one of our providers, and the professional
corporations are owned by physicians licensed in their respective states. While we expect that these relationships will
continue, we cannot guarantee that they will. A material change in our relationship with Teladoc Health Medical Group,
P.A., or among Teladoc Health Medical Group, P.A. and the contracted professional corporations, whether resulting
from a dispute among the entities, a change in government regulation, or the loss of these affiliations, could impair our
ability to provide services to our Members and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition
and results of operations. In addition, the arrangement in which we have entered to comply with state corporate practice
of medicine doctrines could subject us to additional scrutiny by federal and state regulatory bodies regarding federal and
state fraud and abuse laws. Any scrutiny, investigation, or litigation with regard to our arrangement with Teladoc Health
Medical Group, P.A. could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Evolving government regulations may require increased costs or adversely affect our results of operations.
In a regulatory climate that is uncertain, our operations may be subject to direct and indirect adoption,
expansion or reinterpretation of various laws and regulations. Compliance with these future laws and regulations may
require us to change our practices at an undeterminable and possibly significant initial monetary and recurring expense.
15
These additional monetary expenditures may increase future overhead, which could have a material adverse effect on our
results of operations.
We have identified what we believe are the areas of government regulation that, if changed, would be costly to
us. These include: rules governing the practice of medicine by physicians; licensure standards for doctors and behavioral
health professionals; laws limiting the corporate practice of medicine; cybersecurity and privacy laws; laws and rules
relating to the distinction between independent contractors and employees; and tax and other laws encouraging
employer-sponsored health insurance and group benefits. There could be laws and regulations applicable to our business
that we have not identified or that, if changed, may be costly to us, and we cannot predict all the ways in which
implementation of such laws and regulations may affect us.
In the jurisdictions in which we operate, we believe we are in compliance with all applicable laws, but, due to
the uncertain regulatory environment, certain jurisdictions may determine that we are in violation of their laws. In the
event that we must remedy such violations, we may be required to modify our services and products in a manner that
undermines our solution’s attractiveness to our Clients, Members or providers or experts, we may become subject to
fines or other penalties or, if we determine that the requirements to operate in compliance in such jurisdictions are overly
burdensome, we may elect to terminate our operations in such places. In each case, our revenue may decline, and our
business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.
Additionally, the introduction of new services may require us to comply with additional, yet undetermined, laws
and regulations. Compliance may require obtaining appropriate licenses or certificates, increasing our security measures
and expending additional resources to monitor developments in applicable rules and ensure compliance. The failure to
adequately comply with these future laws and regulations may delay or possibly prevent some of our products or services
from being offered to Clients and Members, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition and results of operations.
In the U.S., we conduct business in a heavily regulated industry and if we fail to comply with these laws and
government regulations, we could incur penalties or be required to make significant changes to our operations or
experience adverse publicity, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and
results of operations.
The U.S. healthcare industry is heavily regulated and closely scrutinized by federal, state and local
governments. Comprehensive statutes and regulations govern the manner in which we provide and bill for services and
collect reimbursement from governmental programs and private payors, our contractual relationships with our providers,
vendors and Clients, our marketing activities and other aspects of our operations. Of particular importance are:
•
•
•
the federal physician self-referral law, commonly referred to as the Stark Law, that, subject to limited
exceptions, prohibits physicians from referring Medicare or Medicaid patients to an entity for the provision
of certain “designated health services” if the physician or a member of such physician’s immediate family
has a direct or indirect financial relationship (including an ownership interest or a compensation
arrangement) with the entity, and prohibit the entity from billing Medicare or Medicaid for such designated
health services;
the federal Anti-Kickback Statute that prohibits the knowing and willful offer, payment, solicitation or
receipt of any bribe, kickback, rebate or other remuneration for referring an individual, in return for
ordering, leasing, purchasing or recommending or arranging for or to induce the referral of an individual or
the ordering, purchasing or leasing of items or services covered, in whole or in part, by any federal
healthcare program, such as Medicare and Medicaid. A person or entity does not need to have actual
knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it to have committed a violation. In addition, the
government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal
Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the False Claims Act;
the criminal healthcare fraud provisions of the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act
of 1996, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, or
16
HITECH, and their implementing regulations, which we collectively refer to as HIPAA, and related rules
that prohibit knowingly and willfully executing a scheme or artifice to defraud any healthcare benefit
program or falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any material false, fictitious or
fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or
services. Similar to the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, a person or entity does not need to have actual
knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it to have committed a violation;
the federal False Claims Act that imposes civil and criminal liability on individuals or entities that
knowingly submit false or fraudulent claims for payment to the government or knowingly making, or
causing to be made, a false statement in order to have a false claim paid, including qui tam or
whistleblower suits;
reassignment of payment rules that prohibit certain types of billing and collection practices in connection
with claims payable by the Medicare or Medicaid programs;
similar state law provisions pertaining to anti-kickback, self-referral and false claims issues, some of which
may apply to items or services reimbursed by any payor, including patients and commercial insurers;
state laws that prohibit general business corporations, such as us, from practicing medicine, controlling
physicians’ medical decisions or engaging in some practices such as splitting fees with physicians;
laws that regulate debt collection practices as applied to our debt collection practices;
a provision of the Social Security Act that imposes criminal penalties on healthcare providers who fail to
disclose, or refund known overpayments;
federal and state laws that prohibit providers from billing and receiving payment from Medicare and
Medicaid for services unless the services are medically necessary, adequately and accurately documented,
and billed using codes that accurately reflect the type and level of services rendered; and
federal and state laws and policies that require healthcare providers to maintain licensure, certification or
accreditation to enroll and participate in the Medicare and Medicaid programs, to report certain changes in
their operations to the agencies that administer these programs.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Because of the breadth of these laws and the narrowness of the statutory exceptions and safe harbors available,
it is possible that some of our business activities could be subject to challenge under one or more of such laws.
Achieving and sustaining compliance with these laws may prove costly. Failure to comply with these laws and other
laws can result in civil and criminal penalties such as fines, damages, overpayment, recoupment, imprisonment, loss of
enrollment status and exclusion from the Medicare and Medicaid programs. The risk of our being found in violation of
these laws and regulations is increased by the fact that many of them have not been fully interpreted by the regulatory
authorities or the courts, and their provisions are sometimes open to a variety of interpretations. Our failure to accurately
anticipate the application of these laws and regulations to our business or any other failure to comply with regulatory
requirements could create liability for us and negatively affect our business. Any action against us for violation of these
laws or regulations, even if we successfully defend against it, could cause us to incur significant legal expenses, divert
our management’s attention from the operation of our business and result in adverse publicity.
To enforce compliance with the federal laws, the U.S. Department of Justice and the U.S. Department of Health
and Human Services Office of Inspector General, or OIG, have recently increased their scrutiny of healthcare providers,
which has led to a number of investigations, prosecutions, convictions and settlements in the healthcare industry. Dealing
with investigations can be time- and resource-consuming and can divert management’s attention from the business. Any
such investigation or settlement could increase our costs or otherwise have an adverse effect on our business. In addition,
because of the potential for large monetary exposure under the federal False Claims Act, which provides for treble
damages and penalties of $11,463 to $22,927 per false claim or statement, healthcare providers often resolve allegations
without admissions of liability for significant and material amounts to avoid the uncertainty of treble damages that may
17
be awarded in litigation proceedings. Such settlements often contain additional compliance and reporting requirements as
part of a consent decree, settlement agreement or corporate integrity agreement. Given the significant size of actual and
potential settlements, it is expected that the government will continue to devote substantial resources to investigating
healthcare providers’ compliance with the healthcare reimbursement rules and fraud and abuse laws.
The laws, regulations and standards governing the provision of healthcare services may change significantly in
the future. We cannot assure you that any new or changed healthcare laws, regulations or standards will not materially
adversely affect our business. We cannot assure you that a review of our business by judicial, law enforcement,
regulatory or accreditation authorities will not result in a determination that could adversely affect our operations.
Our international operations pose certain risks to our business that may be different from risks associated with our
domestic operations.
Our international business is subject to risks resulting from differing legal and regulatory requirements,
political, social and economic conditions and unforeseeable developments in a variety of jurisdictions. We have 17
offices globally and Clients across more than 175 countries worldwide. We earned approximately 20% of revenue
internationally in 2019. Our international operations following are subject to particular risks in addition to those faced by
our domestic operations, including:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
the need to localize and adapt our solutions for specific countries, including translation into foreign
languages and associated expenses;
potential loss of proprietary information due to misappropriation or laws that may be less protective of our
intellectual property rights than U.S. laws or that may not be adequately enforced;
requirements of foreign laws and other governmental controls, including compliance challenges related to
the complexity of multiple, conflicting and changing governmental laws and regulations, including
employment, healthcare, tax, privacy and data protection laws and regulations;
data privacy laws that require that client data be stored and processed in a designated territory;
new and different sources of competition and laws and business practices favoring local competitors;
local business and cultural factors that differ from our normal standards and practices, including business
practices that we are prohibited from engaging in by the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and other anti-
corruption laws and regulations;
changes to economic sanctions laws and regulations;
central bank and other restrictions on our ability to repatriate cash from international subsidiaries;
adverse tax consequences;
fluctuations in currency exchange rates, economic instability and inflationary conditions, which could make
our solutions more expensive or increase our costs of doing business in certain countries;
limitations on future growth or inability to maintain current levels of revenues from international sales if
we do not invest sufficiently in our international operations;
different pricing environments, longer sales cycles and longer accounts receivable payment cycles and
collections issues;
18
•
•
•
difficulties in staffing, managing and operating our international operations, including difficulties related to
administering our stock plans in some foreign countries and increased financial accounting and reporting
burdens and complexities;
difficulties in coordinating the activities of our geographically dispersed and culturally diverse operations;
and
political unrest, war, terrorism or regional natural disasters, particularly in areas in which we have facilities.
Our overall success in international markets depends, in part, on our ability to anticipate and effectively manage
these risks and there can be no assurance that we will be able to do so without incurring unexpected costs. If we are not
able to manage the risks related to our international operations, our business, financial condition and results of operations
may be materially adversely affected.
Our failure to comply with the anti-corruption, trade compliance and economic sanctions laws and regulations of the
United States and applicable international jurisdictions could materially adversely affect our reputation and results of
operations.
We must comply with anti-corruption laws and regulations imposed by governments around the world with
jurisdiction over our operations, which may include the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 (the “FCPA”) and
the U.K. Bribery Act 2010 (the “Bribery Act'”), as well as the laws of the countries where we do business. These laws
and regulations apply to companies, individual directors, officers, employees and agents, and may restrict our operations,
trade practices, investment decisions and partnering activities. Where they apply, the FCPA and the Bribery Act prohibit
us and our officers, directors, employees and business partners acting on our behalf, including joint venture partners and
agents, from corruptly offering, promising, authorizing or providing anything of value to public officials for the purposes
of influencing official decisions or obtaining or retaining business or otherwise obtaining favorable treatment. The
Bribery Act also prohibits non-governmental ‘‘commercial'' bribery and accepting bribes. As part of our business, we
may deal with governments and state-owned business enterprises, the employees and representatives of which may be
considered public officials for purposes of the FCPA and the Bribery Act.
We also are subject to the jurisdiction of various governments and regulatory agencies around the world, which
may bring our personnel and agents into contact with public officials responsible for issuing or renewing permits,
licenses or approvals or for enforcing other governmental regulations. In addition, some of the international locations in
which we will operate lack a developed legal system and have elevated levels of corruption. Our business also must be
conducted in compliance with applicable export controls and trade and economic sanctions laws and regulations,
including those of the U.S. government, the governments of other countries in which we will operate or conduct business
and various multilateral organizations. Such laws and regulations include, without limitation, those administered and
enforced by the U.S. Department of the Treasury's Office of Foreign Assets Control, the U.S. Department of State, the
U.S. Department of Commerce, the United Nations Security Council and other relevant sanctions authorities. Our
provision of services to persons located outside the United States may be subject to certain regulatory prohibitions,
restrictions or other requirements, including certain licensing or reporting requirements. Our provision of services
outside of the United States exposes us to the risk of violating, or being accused of violating, anti-corruption, exports
controls and trade compliance and economic sanctions laws and regulations. Our failure to successfully comply with
these laws and regulations may expose us to reputational harm as well as significant sanctions, including criminal fines,
imprisonment, civil penalties, disgorgement of profits, injunctions and suspension or debarment from government
contracts, as well as other remedial measures. Investigations of alleged violations can be expensive and disruptive.
Though we have implemented formal training and monitoring programs, we cannot assure compliance by our employees
or representatives for which we may be held responsible, and any such violation could materially adversely affect our
reputation, business, financial condition and results of operations.
Foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations could adversely affect our results of operations.
Our business is exposed to fluctuations in exchange rates. Although our reporting currency is the U.S. dollar,
we operate in different geographical areas and transact in a range of currencies in addition to the U.S. dollar. As a result,
19
movements in exchange rates may cause our revenue and expenses to fluctuate, impacting our profitability and cash
flows. Future business operations and opportunities, including any continued expansion of our business outside the
United States, may further increase the risk that cash flows resulting from these activities may be adversely affected by
changes in currency exchange rates. In the event we are unable to offset these risks, there may be a material adverse
impact on our business and operations. In appropriate circumstances where we are unable to naturally offset our
exposure to these currency risks, we may enter into derivative transactions to reduce such exposures. Even where we
implement hedging strategies to mitigate foreign currency risk, these strategies might not eliminate our exposure to
foreign exchange rate fluctuations and involve costs and risks of their own, such as ongoing management time and
expertise, external costs to implement the strategies and potential accounting implications. Nevertheless, exchange rate
fluctuations may either increase or decrease our revenues and expenses as reported in U.S. dollars. Moreover, foreign
governments may restrict transfers of cash out of the country and control exchange rates. There can be no assurance that
we will be able to repatriate our earnings, and at exchange rates that are beneficial to us, which could have a material
adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our business is subject to complex and evolving foreign laws and regulations regarding privacy, data protection and
other matters relating to information collection.
There are numerous foreign laws, regulations and directives regarding privacy and the collection, storage,
transmission, use, processing, disclosure and protection of personally identifiable information (“PII”) and other personal
or customer data, the scope of which is continually evolving and subject to differing interpretations. We must comply
with such laws, regulations and directives and we may be subject to significant consequences, including penalties and
fines, for our failure to comply. For example, as of May 25, 2018, the General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”)
replaced the Data Protection Directive with respect to the processing of personal data in the European Union. The GDPR
imposes several stringent requirements for controllers and processors of personal data, including, for example, higher
standards for obtaining consent from individuals to process their personal data, more robust disclosures to individuals
and a strengthened individual data rights regime, shortened timelines for data breach notifications, limitations on
retention and secondary use of information, increased requirements pertaining to health data and pseudonymized (i.e.,
key-coded) data and additional obligations when we contract with third-party processors in connection with the
processing of personal data. The GDPR provides that EU member states may make their own further laws and
regulations limiting the processing of genetic, biometric or health data, which could limit our ability to use and share
personal data or could cause our costs to increase and could harm our business and financial condition. Failure to comply
with the requirements of GDPR and the applicable national data protection laws of the EU member states may result in
fines of up to €20,000,000 or up to 4% of the total worldwide annual turnover of the preceding financial year, whichever
is higher, and other administrative penalties. To comply with the new data protection rules imposed by GDPR we may be
required to put in place additional mechanisms ensuring compliance. In addition, privacy laws are developing quickly in
other jurisdictions where we operate, which impose similar accountability, transparency and security obligations. This
may be onerous and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
In addition, recent legal developments in Europe have created complexity and compliance uncertainty regarding
certain transfers of information from the European Union to the United States. We cannot be certain of the legitimacy of
previously authorized data export mechanisms, including Standard Model Contractual Clauses, on which we and our
customers have relied in exporting data to servers located in the United States. For example, following a decision of the
Court of Justice of the European Union in October 2015, transferring personal data to U.S. companies that had certified
as Members of the U.S. Safe Harbor Scheme was declared invalid. In July 2016 the European Commission adopted the
U.S.-EU Privacy Shield Framework which replaces the Safe Harbor Scheme. However, this Framework is under review
and there is currently litigation challenging other EU mechanisms for adequate data transfers (i.e., the standard
contractual clauses). It is uncertain whether the Privacy Shield Framework and/or the standard contractual clauses will be
similarly invalidated by the European courts. We rely on a mixture of mechanisms to transfer personal data from our EU
business to the United States, and could be impacted by changes in law as a result of a future review of these transfer
mechanisms by European regulators under the GDPR, as well as current challenges to these mechanisms in the European
courts. If one or more of the legal bases for transferring PII from Europe to the United States is invalidated, or if we are
unable to transfer PII between and among countries and regions in which we operate, it could affect the manner in which
we provide our services or could adversely affect our financial results. Furthermore, any failure, or perceived failure, by
us to comply with or make effective modifications to our policies, or to comply with any federal, state, or international
20
privacy, data-retention or data-protection-related laws, regulations, orders or industry self-regulatory principles could
result in proceedings or actions against us by governmental entities or others, a loss of customer confidence, damage to
our brand and reputation, and a loss of customers, any of which could have an adverse effect on our business. In
addition, various federal, state and foreign legislative or regulatory bodies may enact new or additional laws and
regulations concerning privacy, data-retention and data-protection issues, including laws or regulations mandating
disclosure to domestic or international law enforcement bodies, which could adversely impact our business, our brand or
our reputation with customers. For example, some countries have adopted laws mandating that PII regarding customers
in their country be maintained solely in their country. Having to maintain local data centers and redesign product, service
and business operations to limit PII processing to within individual countries could increase our operating costs
significantly.
As we expand our international operations, we will increasingly face political, legal and compliance, operational,
regulatory, economic and other risks that we do not face or are more significant than in our domestic operations. Our
exposure to these risks is expected to increase.
As we expand our international operations, we will increasingly face political, legal and compliance,
operational, regulatory, economic and other risks that we do not face or that are more significant than in our domestic
operations. These risks vary widely by country and include varying regional and geopolitical business conditions and
demands, government intervention and censorship, discriminatory regulation, nationalization or expropriation of assets
and pricing constraints. Our international products need to meet country-specific client and member preferences as well
as country-specific legal requirements, including those related to licensing, telehealth, privacy, data storage, location,
protection and security. Our ability to conduct telehealth services internationally is subject to the applicable laws
governing remote healthcare and the practice of medicine in such location, and the interpretation of these laws is
evolving and vary significantly from country to county and are enforced by governmental, judicial and regulatory
authorities with broad discretion. We cannot, however, be certain that our interpretation of such laws and regulations is
correct in how we structure our operations, our arrangements with physicians, services agreements and customer
arrangements
Our international operations increase our exposure to, and require us to devote significant management
resources to implement controls and systems to comply with, the privacy and data protection laws of non-U.S.
jurisdictions and the anti-bribery, anti-corruption and anti-money laundering laws of the United States (including the
FCPA) and the United Kingdom (including the Bribery Act) and similar laws in other jurisdictions. Implementing our
compliance policies, internal controls and other systems upon our expansion into new countries and geographies may
require the investment of considerable management time and management, financial and other resources over a number
of years before any significant revenues or profits are generated. Violations of these laws and regulations could result in
fines, criminal sanctions against us, our officers or employees, restrictions or outright prohibitions on the conduct of our
business, and significant brand and reputational harm. We must regularly reassess the size, capability and location of our
global infrastructure and make appropriate changes, and must have effective change management processes and internal
controls in place to address changes in our business and operations. Our success depends, in part, on our ability to
anticipate these risks and manage these difficulties, and the failure to do so could have a material adverse effect on our
business, operating results, financial position, brand, reputation and/or long-term growth.
Our international operations require us to overcome logistical and other challenges based on differing
languages, cultures, legal and regulatory schemes and time zones. Our international operations encounter labor laws,
customs and employee relationships that can be difficult, less flexible than in our domestic operations and expensive to
modify or terminate. In some countries we are required to, or choose to, operate with local business partners, which
requires us to manage our partner relationships and may reduce our operational flexibility and ability to quickly respond
to business challenges.
We have a history of cumulative losses, which we expect to continue, and we may never achieve or sustain
profitability.
We have incurred significant losses in each period since our inception. We incurred net losses of $98.9 million,
$97.1 million and $106.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. As of
21
December 31, 2019, we had an accumulated deficit of $507.5 million. These losses and accumulated deficit reflect the
substantial investments we made to acquire new Clients, build our proprietary network of healthcare providers and
develop our technology platform. We intend to continue scaling our business to increase our Client, Member and
provider bases, broaden the scope of services we offer and expand our applications of technology through which
Members can access our services. Accordingly, we anticipate that cost of revenue and operating expenses will increase
substantially in the foreseeable future. These efforts may prove more expensive than we currently anticipate, and we may
not succeed in increasing our revenue sufficiently to offset these higher expenses. We cannot assure you that we will
achieve profitability in the future or that, if we do become profitable, we will be able to sustain or increase profitability.
Our prior losses, combined with our expected future losses, have had and will continue to have an adverse effect on our
stockholders’ equity and working capital. As a result of these factors, we may need to raise additional capital through
debt or equity financings in order to fund our operations, and such capital may not be available on reasonable terms, if at
all.
The impact of recent healthcare reform legislation and other changes in the healthcare industry and in healthcare
spending on us is currently unknown, but may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of
operations.
Our revenue is dependent on the healthcare industry and could be affected by changes in healthcare spending
and policy. The healthcare industry is subject to changing political, regulatory and other influences. The Patient
Protection and Affordable Care Act or PPACA made major changes in how healthcare is delivered and reimbursed, and
increased access to health insurance benefits to the uninsured and underinsured population of the United States.
PPACA, among other things, increased the number of individuals with Medicaid and private insurance
coverage, implemented reimbursement policies that tie payment to quality, facilitated the creation of accountable care
organizations that may use capitation and other alternative payment methodologies, strengthened enforcement of fraud
and abuse laws and encouraged the use of information technology.
Such changes in the regulatory environment may also result in changes to our payor mix that may affect our
operations and revenue.
We expect that additional state and federal healthcare reform measures will be adopted in the future, any of
which could limit the amounts that federal and state governments and other third-party payors will pay for healthcare
products and services, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
A significant portion of our revenue comes from a limited number of Clients, the loss of which would have a material
adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Historically, we have relied on a limited number of Clients for a substantial portion of our total revenue. For the
year ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, no Client represented more than 10% of our total revenue. For the years
ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, our top ten Clients by revenue accounted for 13.3%, 13.0% and 16.0% of our
total revenue, respectively. We also rely on our reputation and recommendations from key Clients in order to promote
our solution to potential new Clients. The loss of any of our key Clients, or a failure of some of them to renew or expand
their relationships with us, could have a significant impact on the growth rate of our revenue, reputation and our ability
to obtain new Clients. In addition, mergers and acquisitions involving our Clients could lead to cancellation or
non-renewal of our contracts with those Clients or by the acquiring or combining companies, thereby reducing the
number of our existing and potential Clients and Members.
The telehealth market is immature and volatile, and if it does not develop, if it develops more slowly than we expect, if
it encounters negative publicity or if our solution does not drive member engagement, the growth of our business will
be harmed.
With respect to our telehealth services, the telehealth market is relatively new and unproven, and it is uncertain
whether it will achieve and sustain high levels of demand, consumer acceptance and market adoption. Our success will
depend to a substantial extent on the willingness of our Members to use, and to increase the frequency and extent of their
22
utilization of, our solution, as well as on our ability to demonstrate the value of telehealth to employers, health plans,
government agencies and other purchasers of healthcare for beneficiaries. Negative publicity concerning our solution or
the telehealth market as a whole could limit market acceptance of our solution. If our Clients and Members do not
perceive the benefits of our solution, or if our solution does not drive member engagement, then our market may not
develop at all, or it may develop more slowly than we expect. Similarly, individual and healthcare industry concerns or
negative publicity regarding patient confidentiality and privacy in the context of telehealth could limit market acceptance
of our healthcare services. If any of these events occurs, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition or results of operations.
If the number of individuals covered by our employer, health plan and other Clients decreases, or the number of
applications or services to which they subscribe decreases, our revenue will likely decrease.
Under most of our client contracts, we base our fees on the number of individuals to whom our Clients provide
benefits and the number of applications or services subscribed to by our Clients. Many factors may lead to a decrease in
the number of individuals covered by our Clients and the number of applications or services subscribed to by our Clients,
including, but not limited to, the following:
•
•
•
•
failure of our Clients to adopt or maintain effective business practices;
changes in the nature or operations of our Clients;
government regulations; and
increased competition or other changes in the benefits marketplace.
If the number of individuals covered by our employer, health plan and other Clients decreases, or the number of
applications or services to which they subscribe decreases, for any reason, our revenue will likely decrease.
Our growth depends in part on the success of our strategic relationships with third parties.
In order to grow our business, we anticipate that we will continue to depend on our relationships with third
parties, including our partner organizations and technology and content providers. For example, we partner with a
number of price transparency, health savings account, and other benefits platforms to deliver our solution to their
consumers. Identifying partners, and negotiating and documenting relationships with them, requires significant time and
resources. Our competitors may be effective in providing incentives to third parties to favor their products or services or
to prevent or reduce subscriptions to, or utilization of, our products and services. In addition, acquisitions of our partners
by our competitors could result in a decrease in the number of our current and potential Clients, as our partners may no
longer facilitate the adoption of our applications by potential Clients. If we are unsuccessful in establishing or
maintaining our relationships with third parties, our ability to compete in the marketplace or to grow our revenue could
be impaired and our results of operations may suffer. Even if we are successful, we cannot assure you that these
relationships will result in increased client use of our applications or increased revenue.
Our telehealth business and growth strategy depend on our ability to maintain and expand a network of qualified
providers. If we are unable to do so, our future growth would be limited and our business, financial condition and
results of operations would be harmed.
Our success is dependent upon our continued ability to maintain a network of qualified telehealth providers. If
we are unable to recruit and retain board-certified physicians and other healthcare professionals, it would have a material
adverse effect on our business and ability to grow and would adversely affect our results of operations. In any particular
market, providers could demand higher payments or take other actions that could result in higher medical costs, less
attractive service for our Clients or difficulty meeting regulatory or accreditation requirements. Our ability to develop
and maintain satisfactory relationships with providers also may be negatively impacted by other factors not associated
with us, such as changes in Medicare and/or Medicaid reimbursement levels and other pressures on healthcare providers
and consolidation activity among hospitals, physician groups and healthcare providers. The failure to maintain or to
23
secure new cost-effective provider contracts may result in a loss of or inability to grow our Membership base, higher
costs, healthcare provider network disruptions, less attractive service for our Clients and/or difficulty in meeting
regulatory or accreditation requirements, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition and results of operations.
We may not grow at the rates we historically have achieved or at all, even if our key metrics may indicate growth,
which could have a material adverse effect on the market price of our common stock.
We have experienced significant growth in the last five years. Future revenues may not grow at these same rates
or may decline. Our future growth will depend, in part, on our ability to grow our revenue from existing Clients, to
complete sales to potential future Clients, to expand our Client and Member bases, to develop new products and services
and to expand internationally. We can provide no assurances that we will be successful in executing on these growth
strategies or that, even if our key metrics would indicate future growth, we will continue to grow our revenue or to
generate net income. Our ability to execute on our existing sales pipeline, create additional sales pipelines, and expand
our Client base depends on, among other things, the attractiveness of our services relative to those offered by our
competitors, our ability to demonstrate the value of our existing and future services, and our ability to attract and retain a
sufficient number of qualified sales and marketing leadership and support personnel. In addition, our existing Clients
may be slower to adopt our services than we currently anticipate, which could adversely affect our results of operations
and growth prospects.
We may become subject to medical liability claims, which could cause us to incur significant expenses and may
require us to pay significant damages if not covered by insurance.
Our business entails the risk of medical liability claims against both our providers and us. Although we and
Teladoc Health Medical Group, P.A. carry insurance covering medical malpractice claims in amounts that we believe are
appropriate in light of the risks attendant to our business, successful medical liability claims could result in substantial
damage awards that exceed the limits of our and Teladoc Health Medical Group, P.A.’s insurance coverage. Teladoc
Health Medical Group, P.A. carries professional liability insurance for itself and each of its healthcare professionals (our
providers), and we separately carry a general insurance policy, which covers medical malpractice claims. In addition,
professional liability insurance is expensive and insurance premiums may increase significantly in the future, particularly
as we expand our services. As a result, adequate professional liability insurance may not be available to our providers or
to us in the future at acceptable costs or at all.
Any claims made against us that are not fully covered by insurance could be costly to defend against, result in
substantial damage awards against us and divert the attention of our management and our providers from our operations,
which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, any
claims may adversely affect our business or reputation.
Rapid technological change in our industry presents us with significant risks and challenges.
The telehealth market is characterized by rapid technological change, changing consumer requirements, short
product lifecycles and evolving industry standards. Our success will depend on our ability to enhance our solution with
next-generation technologies and to develop or to acquire and market new services to access new consumer populations.
There is no guarantee that we will possess the resources, either financial or personnel, for the research, design and
development of new applications or services, or that we will be able to utilize these resources successfully and avoid
technological or market obsolescence. Further, there can be no assurance that technological advances by one or more of
our competitors or future competitors will not result in our present or future applications and services becoming
uncompetitive or obsolete.
A decline in the prevalence of employer-sponsored healthcare or the emergence of new technologies may render our
telehealth solution obsolete or require us to expend significant resources in order to remain competitive.
The U.S. healthcare industry is massive, with a number of large market participants with conflicting agendas, is
subject to significant government regulation and is currently undergoing significant change. Changes in our industry, for
24
example, away from high-deductible health plans, or the emergence of new technologies as more competitors enter our
market, could result in our telehealth solution being less desirable or relevant.
For example, we currently derive the majority of our revenue from sales to Clients that purchase healthcare for
their employees (either via insurance or self-funded benefit plans). A large part of the demand for our solution depends
on the need of these employers to manage the costs of healthcare services that they pay on behalf of their employees.
Some experts have predicted that future healthcare reform will encourage employer-sponsored health insurance to
become significantly less prevalent as employees migrate to obtaining their own insurance over the state-sponsored
insurance marketplaces. Were this to occur, there is no guarantee that we would be able to compensate for the loss in
revenue from employers by increasing sales of our solution to health insurance companies or to individuals or
government agencies. In such a case, our results of operations would be adversely affected.
If healthcare benefits trends shift or entirely new technologies are developed that replace existing solutions, our
existing or future solutions could be rendered obsolete and our business could be adversely affected. In addition, we may
experience difficulties with software development, industry standards, design or marketing that could delay or prevent
our development, introduction or implementation of new applications and enhancements.
If our new applications and services are not adopted by our Clients, or if we fail to innovate and develop new
applications and services that are adopted by our Clients, our revenue and results of operations will be adversely
affected.
To date, we have derived a substantial majority of our revenue from sales of our primary care telehealth and
expert medical service, and our longer-term results of operations and continued growth will depend on our ability
successfully to develop and market new applications and services that our Clients want and are willing to purchase. In
addition, we have invested, and will continue to invest, significant resources in research and development to enhance our
existing solution and introduce new high-quality applications and services. If existing Clients are not willing to make
additional payments for such new applications, or if new Clients and Members do not value such new applications, it
could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. If we are unable to
predict user preferences or if our industry changes, or if we are unable to modify our solution and services on a timely
basis, we may lose Clients. Our results of operations would also suffer if our innovations are not responsive to the needs
of our Clients, appropriately timed with market opportunity or effectively brought to market.
We rely on data center providers, Internet infrastructure, bandwidth providers, third-party computer hardware and
software, other third parties and our own systems for providing services to our Clients and Members, and any failure
or interruption in the services provided by these third parties or our own systems could expose us to litigation and
negatively impact our relationships with Clients, adversely affecting our brand and our business.
We serve all of our Clients and Members leveraging a multi cloud architecture using three vendors: AWS,
Microsoft Azure, and Salesforce Force.com. This architecture provides redundancy and cost savings, and reduces our
reliance on one single vendor. The actual instances are geographically diverse to insulate our applications from local
failures, and have an additional layer of redundancy provided by company managed data centers. While we control and
have access to our servers, we do not control the operation of these facilities. The cloud vendors and the owners of our
data center facilities have no obligation to renew their agreements with us on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. If
we are unable to renew these agreements on commercially reasonable terms, or if one of our cloud vendors or data center
operators is acquired, we may be required to transfer our servers and other infrastructure to a new vendor or a new data
center facility, and we may incur significant costs and possible service interruption in connection with doing so.
Problems faced by our cloud vendors or third-party data center locations with the telecommunications network providers
with whom we or they contract or with the systems by which our telecommunications providers allocate capacity among
their Clients, including us, could adversely affect the experience of our Clients and Members. Our cloud vendors or
third-party data center operators could decide to close their facilities without adequate notice. In addition, any financial
difficulties, such as bankruptcy faced by our cloud vendors or third-party data centers operators or any of the service
providers with whom we or they contract may have negative effects on our business, the nature and extent of which are
difficult to predict.
25
Additionally, if our cloud or data centers vendors are unable to keep up with our growing needs for capacity,
this could have an adverse effect on our business. For example, a rapid expansion of our business could affect the service
levels at our cloud vendors or data centers or cause such cloud systems or data centers and systems to fail. Any changes
in third-party service levels at our cloud vendors or data centers or any disruptions or other performance problems with
our solution could adversely affect our reputation and may damage our Clients and Members’ stored files or result in
lengthy interruptions in our services. Interruptions in our services may reduce our revenue, cause us to issue refunds to
Clients for prepaid and unused subscriptions, subject us to potential liability or adversely affect client renewal rates.
In addition, our ability to deliver our Internet-based services depends on the development and maintenance of
the infrastructure of the Internet by third parties. This includes maintenance of a reliable network backbone with the
necessary speed, data capacity, bandwidth capacity and security. Our services are designed to operate without
interruption in accordance with our service level commitments. However, we have experienced and expect that we may
experience future interruptions and delays in services and availability from time to time. In the event of a catastrophic
event with respect to one or more of our systems, we may experience an extended period of system unavailability, which
could negatively impact our relationship with Clients and Members. To operate without interruption, both we and our
service providers must guard against:
•
•
•
•
•
damage from fire, power loss, natural disasters and other force majeure events outside our control;
communications failures;
software and hardware errors, failures and crashes;
security breaches, computer viruses, hacking, denial-of-service attacks and similar disruptive problems; and
other potential interruptions.
We also rely on computer hardware purchased or leased and software licensed from third parties in order to
offer our services, including software from Dell Computer, Microsoft, Apple and Redhat Corporation, and routers and
network equipment from Cisco and Hewlett-Packard Company. These licenses are generally commercially available on
varying terms. However, it is possible that this hardware and software may not continue to be available on commercially
reasonable terms, or at all. Any loss of the right to use any of this hardware or software could result in delays in the
provisioning of our services until equivalent technology is either developed by us, or, if available, is identified, obtained
and integrated.
We exercise limited control over third-party vendors, which increases our vulnerability to problems with
technology and information services they provide. Interruptions in our network access and services may in connection
with third-party technology and information services reduce our revenue, cause us to issue refunds to Clients for prepaid
and unused subscription services, subject us to potential liability or adversely affect client renewal rates. Although we
maintain a security and privacy damages insurance policy, the coverage under our policies may not be adequate to
compensate us for all losses that may occur related to the services provided by our third-party vendors. In addition, we
may not be able to continue to obtain adequate insurance coverage at an acceptable cost, if at all.
If our security measures fail or are breached and unauthorized access to a client's data is obtained, our services may
be perceived as insecure, we may incur significant liabilities, our reputation may be harmed, and we could lose sales
and Clients.
Our services involve the storage and transmission of Clients’ and our Members’ proprietary information,
sensitive or confidential data, including valuable intellectual property and personal information of employees, Clients,
Members and others, as well as the protected health information, or PHI, of our Members. Because of the extreme
sensitivity of the information we store and transmit, the security features of our computer, network, and communications
systems infrastructure are critical to the success of our business. A breach or failure of our security measures could result
from a variety of circumstances and events, including third-party action, employee negligence or error, malfeasance,
computer viruses, cyber-attacks by computer hackers, failures during the process of upgrading or replacing software and
26
databases, power outages, hardware failures, telecommunication failures, user errors, or catastrophic events. Information
security risks have generally increased in recent years because of the proliferation of new technologies and the increased
sophistication and activities of perpetrators of cyber-attacks. As cyber threats continue to evolve, we may be required to
expend additional resources to further enhance our information security measures and/or to investigate and remediate
any information security vulnerabilities. If our security measures fail or are breached, it could result in unauthorized
persons accessing sensitive client or member data (including PHI), a loss of or damage to our data, an inability to access
data sources, or process data or provide our services to our Clients. Such failures or breaches of our security measures, or
our inability to effectively resolve such failures or breaches in a timely manner, could severely damage our reputation,
adversely affect Client, Member or investor confidence in us, and reduce the demand for our services from existing and
potential Clients. In addition, we could face litigation, damages for contract breach, monetary penalties, or regulatory
actions for violation of applicable laws or regulations, and incur significant costs for remedial measures to prevent future
occurrences and mitigate past violations. Although we maintain insurance covering certain security and privacy damages
and claim expenses, we may not carry insurance or maintain coverage sufficient to compensate for all liability and in any
event, insurance coverage would not address the reputational damage that could result from a security incident.
We may experience cyber-security and other breach incidents that remain undetected for an extended period.
Because techniques used to obtain unauthorized access or to sabotage systems change frequently and generally are not
recognized until launched, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate preventive
measures. If an actual or perceived breach of our security occurs, or if we are unable to effectively resolve such breaches
in a timely manner, the market perception of the effectiveness of our security measures could be harmed and we could
lose sales, Clients and Members, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, operations, and financial
results.
We could incur substantial costs as a result of any claim of infringement of another party’s intellectual property
rights.
In recent years, there has been significant litigation in the United States involving patents and other intellectual
property rights. Companies in the Internet and technology industries are increasingly bringing and becoming subject to
suits alleging infringement of proprietary rights, particularly patent rights, and our competitors and other third parties
may hold patents or have pending patent applications, which could be related to our business. These risks have been
amplified by the increase in third parties, which we refer to as non-practicing entities, whose sole primary business is to
assert such claims. Regardless of the merits of any other intellectual property litigation, we may be required to expend
significant management time and financial resources on the defense of such claims, and any adverse outcome of any
such claim or the above referenced review could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or
results of operations. We expect that we may receive in the future notices that claim we or our Clients using our solution
have misappropriated or misused other parties’ intellectual property rights, particularly as the number of competitors in
our market grows and the functionality of applications amongst competitors overlaps. Our existing or any future
litigation, whether or not successful, could be extremely costly to defend, divert our management’s time, attention and
resources, damage our reputation and brand and substantially harm our business.
In addition, in most instances, we have agreed to indemnify our Clients against certain third-party claims, which
may include claims that our solution infringes the intellectual property rights of such third parties. Our business could be
adversely affected by any significant disputes between us and our Clients as to the applicability or scope of our
indemnification obligations to them. The results of any intellectual property litigation to which we may become a party,
or for which we are required to provide indemnification, may require us to do one or more of the following:
•
cease offering or using technologies that incorporate the challenged intellectual property;
• make substantial payments for legal fees, settlement payments or other costs or damages;
•
•
obtain a license, which may not be available on reasonable terms, to sell or use the relevant technology; or
redesign technology to avoid infringement.
27
If we are required to make substantial payments or undertake any of the other actions noted above as a result of
any intellectual property infringement claims against us or any obligation to indemnify our Clients for such claims, such
payments or costs could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We could experience losses or liability not covered by insurance.
Our business exposes us to risks that are inherent in the provision of telehealth and remote, virtual healthcare. If
Clients or individuals assert liability claims against us, any ensuing litigation, regardless of outcome, could result in a
substantial cost to us, divert management's attention from operations, and decrease market acceptance of our solution.
We attempt to limit our liability to Clients by contract; however, the limitations of liability set forth in the contracts may
not be enforceable or may not otherwise protect us from liability for damages. Additionally, we may be subject to claims
that are not explicitly covered by contract. We also maintain general liability coverage; however, this coverage may not
continue to be available on acceptable terms, may not be available in sufficient amounts to cover one or more large
claims against us, and may include larger self-insured retentions or exclusions for certain products. In addition, the
insurer might disclaim coverage as to any future claim. A successful claim not fully covered by our insurance could have
a material adverse impact on our liquidity, financial condition, and results of operations.
If our arrangements with our providers or our Clients are found to violate state laws prohibiting the corporate
practice of medicine or fee splitting, our business, financial condition and our ability to operate in those states could
be adversely impacted.
The laws of many states, including states in which our Clients are located, prohibit us from exercising control
over the medical judgments or decisions of physicians and from engaging in certain financial arrangements, such as
splitting professional fees with physicians. These laws and their interpretations vary from state to state and are enforced
by state courts and regulatory authorities, each with broad discretion. We enter into agreements with a professional
association, Teladoc Health Medical Group, P.A., which enters into contracts with our providers pursuant to which they
render professional medical services. In addition, we enter into contracts with our Clients to deliver professional services
in exchange for fees. These contracts include management services agreements with our affiliated physician
organizations pursuant to which the physician organizations reserve exclusive control and responsibility for all aspects of
the practice of medicine and the delivery of medical services. Although we seek to substantially comply with applicable
state prohibitions on the corporate practice of medicine and fee splitting, state officials who administer these laws or
other third parties may successfully challenge our existing organization and contractual arrangements. If such a claim
were successful, we could be subject to civil and criminal penalties and could be required to restructure or terminate the
applicable contractual arrangements. A determination that these arrangements violate state statutes, or our inability to
successfully restructure our relationships with our providers to comply with these statutes, could eliminate Clients
located in certain states from the market for our services, which would have a materially adverse effect on our business,
financial condition and results of operations.
If our providers or experts are characterized as employees, we would be subject to employment and withholding
liabilities.
We structure our relationships with our providers and experts in a manner that we believe results in an
independent contractor relationship, not an employee relationship. An independent contractor is generally distinguished
from an employee by his or her degree of autonomy and independence in providing services. A high degree of autonomy
and independence is generally indicative of a contractor relationship, while a high degree of control is generally
indicative of an employment relationship. Although we believe that our providers and experts are properly characterized
as independent contractors, tax or other regulatory authorities may in the future challenge our characterization of these
relationships. If such regulatory authorities or state, federal or foreign courts were to determine that our providers or
experts are employees, and not independent contractors, we would be required to withhold income taxes, to withhold and
pay social security, Medicare and similar taxes and to pay unemployment and other related payroll taxes. We would also
be liable for unpaid past taxes and subject to penalties. As a result, any determination that our providers or experts are
our employees could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
28
Any future litigation against us could be costly and time-consuming to defend.
We may become subject, from time to time, to legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of
business such as claims brought by our Clients in connection with commercial disputes or employment claims made by
our current or former associates. Litigation may result in substantial costs and may divert management’s attention and
resources, which may substantially harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. Insurance may not
cover such claims, may not provide sufficient payments to cover all of the costs to resolve one or more such claims and
may not continue to be available on terms acceptable to us. A claim brought against us that is uninsured or underinsured
could result in unanticipated costs, thereby reducing our revenue and leading analysts or potential investors to reduce
their expectations of our performance, which could reduce the market price of our stock.
Certain U.S. state tax authorities may assert that we have a state nexus and seek to impose state and local income
taxes which could adversely affect our results of operations.
We are currently licensed to operate in all fifty states and file state income tax returns in 36 states. There is a
risk that certain state tax authorities where we do not currently file a state income tax return could assert that we are
liable for state and local income taxes based upon income or gross receipts allocable to such states. States are becoming
increasingly aggressive in asserting a nexus for state income tax purposes. We could be subject to state and local
taxation, including penalties and interest attributable to prior periods, if a state tax authority successfully asserts that our
activities give rise to a nexus. Such tax assessments, penalties and interest may adversely affect our results of operations.
Our ability to use our net operating losses to offset future taxable income may be subject to certain limitations.
In general, under Section 382 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, a
corporation that undergoes an “ownership change” is subject to limitations on its ability to utilize its pre-change net
operating losses, or NOLs, to offset future taxable income. A Section 382 “ownership change” generally occurs if one or
more stockholders or groups of stockholders who own at least 5% of our stock increase their ownership by more than
50 percentage points over their lowest ownership percentage within a rolling three-year period. Similar rules may apply
under state tax laws. As of December 31, 2019, we have approximately $609.7 million of federal net operating loss
carryforwards, $326.7 million of state net operating loss carryforwards, and $39.3 million of foreign net operating loss
carryforwards. The federal net operating loss carryforwards created subsequent to the year ended December 31, 2017 of
$205.8 million carry forward indefinitely, while the remaining federal net operating loss carryforwards of $404.0 million
begin to expire in 2020. The state net operating loss carryforwards began to expire in 2019, and the foreign net operating
loss carryforwards begin to expire in 2021. As of December 31, 2019, the Company has approximately $5.9 million of
foreign tax credits, which begin to expire in 2020. Our ability to utilize NOLs may be currently subject to limitations due
to prior ownership changes. In addition, future changes in our stock ownership, some of which are outside of our control,
could result in an ownership change under Section 382 of the Code, further limiting our ability to utilize NOLs arising
prior to such ownership change in the future. There is also a risk that due to regulatory changes, such as suspensions on
the use of NOLs, or other unforeseen reasons, our existing NOLs could expire or otherwise be unavailable to offset
future income tax liabilities. We have recorded a full valuation allowance against the deferred tax assets attributable to
our NOLs that are not more likely than not expected to be utilized.
Our proprietary software may not operate properly, which could damage our reputation, give rise to claims against us
or divert application of our resources from other purposes, any of which could harm our business, financial condition
and results of operations.
The Teladoc Health proprietary application platform provides our Members and providers with the ability to,
among other things, register for our services; complete, view and edit medical history; request a visit (either scheduled or
on demand); conduct a visit (via video or phone); and initiate an expert medical service. Proprietary software
development is time-consuming, expensive and complex, and may involve unforeseen difficulties. We may encounter
technical obstacles, and it is possible that we may discover additional problems that prevent our proprietary applications
from operating properly. We are currently implementing software with respect to a number of new applications and
services. If our solution does not function reliably or fails to achieve client expectations in terms of performance, Clients
29
could assert liability claims against us or attempt to cancel their contracts with us. This could damage our reputation and
impair our ability to attract or maintain Clients.
Moreover, data services are complex and those we offer have in the past contained, and may in the future
develop or contain, undetected defects or errors. Material performance problems, defects or errors in our existing or new
software and applications and services may arise in the future and may result from interface of our solution with systems
and data that we did not develop and the function of which is outside of our control or undetected in our testing. These
defects and errors, and any failure by us to identify and address them, could result in loss of revenue or market share,
diversion of development resources, harm to our reputation and increased service and maintenance costs. Defects or
errors may discourage existing or potential Clients from purchasing our solution from us. Correction of defects or errors
could prove to be impossible or impracticable. The costs incurred in correcting any defects or errors may be substantial
and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
In order to support the growth of our business, we may need to incur additional indebtedness under our current credit
facility or seek capital through new equity or debt financings, which sources of additional capital may not be
available to us on acceptable terms or at all.
Our operations have consumed substantial amounts of cash since inception and we intend to continue to make
significant investments to support our business growth, respond to business challenges or opportunities, develop new
applications and services, enhance our existing solution and services, enhance our operating infrastructure and
potentially acquire complementary businesses and technologies. For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017,
our net cash provided by (used in) operating activities was $29.9 million, $(4.9) million and $(34.4) million respectively.
As of December 31, 2019, we had $514.4 million of cash and cash equivalents and $2.7 million of short-term
investments, which are held for working capital purposes. As of December 31, 2019, we had outstanding $287.5 million
of 1.375% convertible senior notes due 2025 (the “2025 Notes”), $275 million of 3% convertible senior notes due 2022
(the “2022 Notes” and, together with the 2025 Notes, the “Notes”) and the ability to borrow up to an additional
$10.0 million under our revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Credit Facility”).
The Notes are senior unsecured obligations of ours and generally rank equally in right of payment to all of our
other unsecured indebtedness. Under certain conditions, we may redeem any portion of the 2022 Notes for cash on or
after May 22, 2020 and we may redeem any portion of the 2025 Notes for cash on or after May 22, 2022 at a redemption
price equal to the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any. Under certain
circumstances, including following a notice of redemption, holders of the Notes may convert all or a portion of their
Notes into shares of our common stock. We may settle conversions of Notes through payment or delivery, as the case
may be, of cash, shares of our common stock or a combination of cash and shares of our common stock. The amount of
cash paid, or number of shares delivered in connection with any conversion may be material, and could result in a
significant depletion in the cash available to fund our operations or significant dilution to our stockholders.
Borrowings under our credit facility are secured by substantially all of our properties, rights and assets.
Additionally, the credit agreement governing our credit facility contains certain customary restrictive covenants that limit
our ability to incur additional indebtedness and liens, merge with other companies or consummate certain changes of
control, acquire other companies, engage in new lines of business, make certain investments, pay dividends and transfer
or dispose of assets, as well as a financial covenant that requires us to maintain a specified level of recurring revenue
growth and liquidity. These covenants could limit our ability to seek capital through the incurrence of new indebtedness
or, if we are unable to meet our recurring revenue growth or liquidity obligations, require us to repay any outstanding
amounts with sources of capital we may otherwise use to fund our business, operations and strategy.
Our future capital requirements may be significantly different from our current estimates and will depend on
many factors, including our growth rate, subscription renewal activity, the timing and extent of spending to support
development efforts, the expansion of sales and marketing activities, the introduction of new or enhanced services and
the continuing market acceptance of telehealth. Accordingly, we may need to engage in equity or debt financings or
collaborative arrangements to secure additional funds. If we raise additional funds through further issuances of equity or
convertible debt securities, our existing stockholders could suffer significant dilution, and any new equity securities we
issue could have rights, preferences and privileges superior to those of holders of our common stock. Any debt financing
30
secured by us in the future could involve additional restrictive covenants relating to our capital-raising activities and
other financial and operational matters, which may make it more difficult for us to obtain additional capital and to pursue
business opportunities, including potential acquisitions. In addition, during times of economic instability, it has been
difficult for many companies to obtain financing in the public markets or to obtain debt financing, and we may not be
able to obtain additional financing on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. If we are unable to obtain adequate
financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition and results of operations.
Failure to adequately expand our direct sales force will impede our growth.
We believe that our future growth will depend on the continued development of our direct sales force and its
ability to obtain new Clients and to manage our existing client base. Identifying and recruiting qualified personnel and
training them requires significant time, expense and attention. It can take six months or longer before a new sales
representative is fully trained and productive. Our business may be adversely affected if our efforts to expand and train
our direct sales force do not generate a corresponding increase in revenue. In particular, if we are unable to hire and
develop sufficient numbers of productive direct sales personnel or if new direct sales personnel are unable to achieve
desired productivity levels in a reasonable period of time, sales of our services will suffer, and our growth will be
impeded.
We may be unable to successfully execute on our growth initiatives, business strategies or operating plans.
We are continually executing a number of growth initiatives, strategies and operating plans designed to enhance
our business. For example, we recently entered into new specialist healthcare professional markets as well as into
business-to-consumer markets. The anticipated benefits from these efforts are based on several assumptions that may
prove to be inaccurate. Moreover, we may not be able to successfully complete these growth initiatives, strategies and
operating plans and realize all of the benefits, including growth targets and cost savings, that we expect to achieve, or it
may be more costly to do so than we anticipate. A variety of risks could cause us not to realize some or all of the
expected benefits. These risks include, among others, delays in the anticipated timing of activities related to such growth
initiatives, strategies and operating plans, increased difficulty and cost in implementing these efforts, including
difficulties in complying with new regulatory requirements and the incurrence of other unexpected costs associated with
operating the business. Moreover, our continued implementation of these programs may disrupt our operations and
performance. As a result, we cannot assure you that we will realize these benefits. If, for any reason, the benefits we
realize are less than our estimates or the implementation of these growth initiatives, strategies and operating plans
adversely affect our operations or cost more or take longer to effectuate than we expect, or if our assumptions prove
inaccurate, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially adversely affected.
Our use and disclosure of personally identifiable information, including health information, is subject to federal and
state privacy and security regulations, and our failure to comply with those regulations or to adequately secure the
information we hold could result in significant liability or reputational harm and, in turn, a material adverse effect on
our client base, Membership base and revenue.
Numerous state and federal laws and regulations govern the collection, dissemination, use, privacy,
confidentiality, security, availability and integrity of PII, including protected health information. These laws and
regulations include HIPAA. HIPAA establishes a set of basic national privacy and security standards for the protection
of PHI, by health plans, healthcare clearinghouses and certain healthcare providers, referred to as covered entities, and
the business associates with whom such covered entities contract for services, which includes us.
HIPAA requires healthcare providers like us to develop and maintain policies and procedures with respect to
PHI that is used or disclosed, including the adoption of administrative, physical and technical safeguards to protect such
information. HIPAA also implemented the use of standard transaction code sets and standard identifiers that covered
entities must use when submitting or receiving certain electronic healthcare transactions, including activities associated
with the billing and collection of healthcare claims.
31
HIPAA imposes mandatory penalties for certain violations. Penalties for violations of HIPAA and its
implementing regulations start at $114 per violation and are not to exceed $57,051 per violation, subject to a cap of
$1.7 million for violations of the same standard in a single calendar year. However, a single breach incident can result in
violations of multiple standards. HIPAA also authorizes state attorneys general to file suit on behalf of their residents.
Courts will be able to award damages, costs and attorneys’ fees related to violations of HIPAA in such cases. While
HIPAA does not create a private right of action allowing individuals to sue us in civil court for violations of HIPAA, its
standards have been used as the basis for duty of care in state civil suits such as those for negligence or recklessness in
the misuse or breach of PHI.
In addition, HIPAA mandates that the Secretary of Health and Human Services, or HHS conduct periodic
compliance audits of HIPAA covered entities or business associates for compliance with the HIPAA Privacy and
Security Standards. It also tasks HHS with establishing a methodology whereby harmed individuals who were the
victims of breaches of unsecured PHI may receive a percentage of the Civil Monetary Penalty fine paid by the violator.
HIPAA further requires that patients be notified of any unauthorized acquisition, access, use or disclosure of
their unsecured PHI that compromises the privacy or security of such information, with certain exceptions related to
unintentional or inadvertent use or disclosure by employees or authorized individuals. HIPAA specifies that such
notifications must be made “without unreasonable delay and in no case later than 60 calendar days after discovery of the
breach.” If a breach affects 500 patients or more, it must be reported to HHS without unreasonable delay, and HHS will
post the name of the breaching entity on its public web site. Breaches affecting 500 patients or more in the same state or
jurisdiction must also be reported to the local media. If a breach involves fewer than 500 people, the covered entity must
record it in a log and notify HHS at least annually.
Numerous other federal and state laws protect the confidentiality, privacy, availability, integrity and security of
personally identifiable information, or PII, including PHI. These laws in many cases are more restrictive than, and may
not be preempted by, the HIPAA rules and may be subject to varying interpretations by courts and government agencies,
creating complex compliance issues for us and our Clients and potentially exposing us to additional expense, adverse
publicity and liability.
New health information standards, whether implemented pursuant to HIPAA, congressional action or otherwise,
could have a significant effect on the manner in which we must handle healthcare related data, and the cost of complying
with standards could be significant. If we do not comply with existing or new laws and regulations related to PHI, we
could be subject to criminal or civil sanctions.
Because of the extreme sensitivity of the PII we store and transmit, the security features of our technology
platform are very important. If our security measures, some of which are managed by third parties, are breached or fail,
unauthorized persons may be able to obtain access to sensitive client and member data, including HIPAA-regulated PHI.
As a result, our reputation could be severely damaged, adversely affecting client and member confidence. Members may
curtail their use of or stop using our services or our client base could decrease, which would cause our business to suffer.
In addition, we could face litigation, damages for contract breach, penalties and regulatory actions for violation of
HIPAA and other applicable laws or regulations and significant costs for remediation, notification to individuals and for
measures to prevent future occurrences. Any potential security breach could also result in increased costs associated with
liability for stolen assets or information, repairing system damage that may have been caused by such breaches,
incentives offered to Clients or other business partners in an effort to maintain our business relationships after a breach
and implementing measures to prevent future occurrences, including organizational changes, deploying additional
personnel and protection technologies, training employees and engaging third-party experts and consultants. While we
maintain insurance covering certain security and privacy damages and claim expenses, we may not carry insurance or
maintain coverage sufficient to compensate for all liability and in any event, insurance coverage would not address the
reputational damage that could result from a security incident.
We outsource important aspects of the storage and transmission of client and member information, and thus rely
on third parties to manage functions that have material cyber-security risks. We attempt to address these risks by
requiring outsourcing subcontractors who handle client and member information to sign business associate agreements
contractually requiring those subcontractors to adequately safeguard personal health data to the same extent that applies
32
to us and in some cases by requiring such outsourcing subcontractors to undergo third-party security examinations. In
addition, we periodically hire third-party security experts to assess and test our security posture. However, we cannot
assure you that these contractual measures and other safeguards will adequately protect us from the risks associated with
the storage and transmission of Client and Members’ proprietary and protected health information.
We also publish statements to our Members that describe how we handle and protect personal information. If
federal or state regulatory authorities or private litigants consider any portion of these statements to be untrue, we may be
subject to claims of deceptive practices, which could lead to significant liabilities and consequences, including, without
limitation, costs of responding to investigations, defending against litigation, settling claims and complying with
regulatory or court orders.
We also send short message service, or SMS text messages to potential end users who are eligible to use our
service through certain customers and partners. While we obtain consent from or on behalf of these individuals to send
text messages, federal or state regulatory authorities or private litigants may claim that the notices and disclosures we
provide, form of consents we obtain or our SMS texting practices, are not adequate. These SMS texting campaigns are
potential sources of risk for class action lawsuits and liability for our company. Numerous class-action suits under
federal and state laws have been filed in the past year against companies who conduct SMS texting programs, with many
resulting in multi-million-dollar settlements to the plaintiffs. Any future such litigation against us could be costly and
time-consuming to defend.
Our quarterly results may fluctuate significantly, which could adversely impact the value of our common stock.
Our quarterly results of operations, including our revenue, gross profit, net loss and cash flows, has varied and
may vary significantly in the future, and period-to-period comparisons of our results of operations may not be
meaningful. Accordingly, our quarterly results should not be relied upon as an indication of future performance. Our
quarterly financial results may fluctuate as a result of a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control,
including, without limitation, the following:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
the addition or loss of large Clients, including through acquisitions or consolidations of such Clients;
seasonal and other variations in the timing of the sales of our services, as a significantly higher proportion
of our Clients enter into new subscription contracts with us or renew their existing contracts in the third and
fourth quarters of the year compared to the first and second quarters;
seasonal and other variations in the timing of the sales of our services, as a significantly higher proportion
of our Members use our services during peak cold and flu season months;
the timing of recognition of revenue, including possible delays in the recognition of revenue due to
sometimes unpredictable implementation timelines;
the amount and timing of operating expenses related to the maintenance and expansion of our business,
operations and infrastructure;
our ability to effectively manage the size and composition of our proprietary network of healthcare
professionals relative to the level of demand for services from our Members;
the timing and success of introductions of new applications and services by us or our competitors or any
other change in the competitive dynamics of our industry, including consolidation among competitors,
Clients or strategic partners;
• Client renewal rates and the timing and terms of Client renewals;
•
the mix of applications and services sold during a period; and
33
•
the timing of expenses related to the development or acquisition of technologies or businesses and potential
future charges for impairment of goodwill from acquired companies.
We are particularly subject to fluctuations in our quarterly results of operations because the costs associated
with entering into client contracts are generally incurred up front, while we generally recognize revenue over the term of
the contract. Further, most of our revenue in any given quarter is derived from contracts entered into with our Clients
during previous quarters. Consequently, a decline in new or renewed contracts in any one quarter may not be fully
reflected in our revenue for that quarter. Such declines, however, would negatively affect our revenue in future periods
and the effect of significant downturns in sales of and market demand for our solution, and potential changes in our rate
of renewals or renewal terms, may not be fully reflected in our results of operations until future periods. Our subscription
model also makes it difficult for us to rapidly increase our total revenue through additional sales in any period, with the
exception of the first quarter during peak benefits enrollment, as revenue from new Clients must be recognized over the
applicable term of the contract. Accordingly, the effect of changes in the industry impacting our business or changes we
experience in our new sales may not be reflected in our short-term results of operations. Any fluctuation in our quarterly
results may not accurately reflect the underlying performance of our business and could cause a decline in the trading
price of our common stock.
If we fail to manage our growth effectively, our expenses could increase more than expected, our revenue may not
increase and we may be unable to implement our business strategy.
We have experienced significant growth in recent periods, which puts strain on our business, operations and
employees. For example, we grew from over 2,200 employees at December 31, 2018 to over 2,400 employees at
December 31, 2019. We have also increased our client and Membership bases significantly over the past two years. We
anticipate that our operations will continue to rapidly expand. To manage our current and anticipated future growth
effectively, we must continue to maintain and enhance our IT infrastructure, financial and accounting systems and
controls. We must also attract, train and retain a significant number of qualified sales and marketing personnel, customer
support personnel, professional services personnel, software engineers, technical personnel and management personnel,
and the availability of such personnel, in particular software engineers, may be constrained.
A key aspect to managing our growth is our ability to scale our capabilities to implement our solution
satisfactorily with respect to both large and demanding Clients, who currently constitute the substantial majority of our
client base, as well as smaller Clients who are becoming an increasingly larger portion of our client base. Large Clients
often require specific features or functions unique to their Membership base, which, at a time of significant growth or
during periods of high demand, may strain our implementation capacity and hinder our ability to successfully implement
our solution to our Clients in a timely manner. We may also need to make further investments in our technology and
automate portions of our solution or services to decrease our costs. If we are unable to address the needs of our Clients or
Members, or our Clients or Members are unsatisfied with the quality of our solution or services, they may not renew
their contracts, seek to cancel or terminate their relationship with us or renew on less favorable terms, any of which could
cause our annual net dollar retention rate to decrease.
Failure to effectively manage our growth could also lead us to over-invest or under-invest in development and
operations, result in weaknesses in our infrastructure, systems or controls, give rise to operational mistakes, financial
losses, loss of productivity or business opportunities and result in loss of employees and reduced productivity of
remaining employees. Our growth is expected to require significant capital expenditures and may divert financial
resources from other projects such as the development of new applications and services. If our management is unable to
effectively manage our growth, our expenses may increase more than expected, our revenue may not increase or may
grow more slowly than expected and we may be unable to implement our business strategy. The quality of our services
may also suffer, which could negatively affect our reputation and harm our ability to attract and retain Clients.
34
We incur significant upfront costs in our client relationships, and if we are unable to maintain and grow these client
relationships over time, we are likely to fail to recover these costs, which could have a material adverse effect on our
business, financial condition and results of operations.
We derive most of our revenue from subscription access fees. Accordingly, our business model depends heavily
on achieving economies of scale because our initial upfront investment is costly and the associated revenue is recognized
on a ratable basis. We devote significant resources to establish relationships with our Clients and implement our solution
and related services. This is particularly so in the case of large enterprises that, to date, have comprised a substantial
majority of our client base and revenue and often request or require specific features or functions unique to their
particular business processes. Accordingly, our results of operations will depend in substantial part on our ability to
deliver a successful experience for both Clients and Members and persuade our Clients to maintain and grow their
relationship with us over time. Additionally, as our business is growing significantly, our client acquisition costs could
outpace our build-up of recurring revenue, and we may be unable to reduce our total operating costs through economies
of scale such that we are unable to achieve profitability. If we fail to achieve appropriate economies of scale or if we fail
to manage or anticipate the evolution and in future periods, demand, of the subscription access fee model, our business,
financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.
If our existing Clients do not continue or renew their contracts with us, renew at lower fee levels or decline to
purchase additional applications and services from us, it could have a material adverse effect on our business,
financial condition and results of operations.
We expect to derive a significant portion of our revenue from renewal of existing client contracts and sales of
additional applications and services to existing Clients. As part of our growth strategy, for instance, we have recently
focused on expanding our services amongst current Clients. As a result, selling additional applications and services are
critical to our future business, revenue growth and results of operations.
Factors that may affect our ability to sell additional applications and services include, but are not limited to, the
following:
•
•
•
•
•
•
the price, performance and functionality of our solution;
the availability, price, performance and functionality of competing solutions;
our ability to develop and sell complementary applications and services;
the stability, performance and security of our hosting infrastructure and hosting services;
changes in healthcare laws, regulations or trends; and
the business environment of our Clients and, in particular, headcount reductions by our Clients.
We enter into subscription access contracts with our Clients. These contracts generally have stated initial terms
of one year. Most of our Clients have no obligation to renew their subscriptions for our solution after the initial term
expires. In addition, our Clients may negotiate terms less advantageous to us upon renewal, which may reduce our
revenue from these Clients. Our future results of operations also depend, in part, on our ability to expand into new
clinical specialties and across care settings and use cases. If our Clients fail to renew their contracts, renew their
contracts upon less favorable terms or at lower fee levels or fail to purchase new products and services from us, our
revenue may decline, or our future revenue growth may be constrained.
In addition, after the initial contract year, a significant number of our client contracts allow Clients to terminate
such agreements for convenience at certain times, typically with one to three months advance notice. We typically incur
the expenses associated with integrating a client’s data into our healthcare database and related training and support prior
to recognizing meaningful revenue from such client. Subscription access revenue is not recognized until our products are
implemented for launch, which is generally from one to three months from contract signing. If a client terminates its
35
contract early and revenue and cash flows expected from a client are not realized in the time period expected or not
realized at all, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.
Our sales and implementation cycle can be long and unpredictable and requires considerable time and expense,
which may cause our results of operations to fluctuate.
The sales cycle for our solution from initial contact with a potential lead to contract execution and
implementation, varies widely by client, ranging from a number of days to approximately 24 months. Some of our
Clients undertake a significant and prolonged evaluation process, including to determine whether our services meet their
unique healthcare needs, which frequently involves evaluation of not only our solution but also an evaluation of those of
our competitors, which has in the past resulted in extended sales cycles. Our sales efforts involve educating our Clients
about the use, technical capabilities and potential benefits of our solution. Moreover, our large enterprise Clients often
begin to deploy our solution on a limited basis, but nevertheless demand extensive configuration, integration services and
pricing concessions, which increase our upfront investment in the sales effort with no guarantee that these Clients will
deploy our solution widely enough across their organization to justify our substantial upfront investment. It is possible
that in the future we may experience even longer sales cycles, more complex client needs, higher upfront sales costs and
less predictability in completing some of our sales as we continue to expand our direct sales force, expand into new
territories and market additional applications and services. If our sales cycle lengthens or our substantial upfront sales
and implementation investments do not result in sufficient sales to justify our investments, it could have a material
adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We operate in a competitive industry, and if we are not able to compete effectively, our business, financial condition
and results of operations will be harmed.
While the telehealth market is in an early stage of development, it is competitive and we expect it to attract
increased competition, which could make it difficult for us to succeed. We currently face competition in the telehealth
industry for our solution from a range of companies, including specialized software and solution providers that offer
similar solutions, often at substantially lower prices, and that are continuing to develop additional products and
becoming more sophisticated and effective. These competitors include MDLive, Inc., American Well Corporation, and
Grand Rounds, Inc. among other smaller industry participants. In addition, large, well-financed health plans have in
some cases developed their own telehealth or expert medical service tools and may provide these solutions to their
customers at discounted prices. Competition from specialized software and solution providers, health plans and other
parties will result in continued pricing pressures, which is likely to lead to price declines in certain product segments,
which could negatively impact our sales, profitability and market share.
Some of our competitors may have greater name recognition, longer operating histories and significantly greater
resources than we do. Further, our current or potential competitors may be acquired by third parties with greater
available resources. As a result, our competitors may be able to respond more quickly and effectively than we can to new
or changing opportunities, technologies, standards or customer requirements and may have the ability to initiate or
withstand substantial price competition. In addition, current and potential competitors have established, and may in the
future establish, cooperative relationships with vendors of complementary products, technologies or services to increase
the availability of their solutions in the marketplace. Accordingly, new competitors or alliances may emerge that have
greater market share, a larger customer base, more widely adopted proprietary technologies, greater marketing expertise,
greater financial resources and larger sales forces than we have, which could put us at a competitive disadvantage. Our
competitors could also be better positioned to serve certain segments of the telehealth market, which could create
additional price pressure. In light of these factors, even if our solution is more effective than those of our competitors,
current or potential Clients may accept competitive solutions in lieu of purchasing our solution. If we are unable to
successfully compete in the telehealth market, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be
materially adversely affected.
36
If we cannot implement our solution for Clients or resolve any technical issues in a timely manner, we may lose
Clients and our reputation may be harmed.
Our Clients utilize a variety of data formats, applications and infrastructure and our solution must support our
Clients’ data formats and integrate with complex enterprise applications and infrastructures. If our telehealth platform
does not currently support a client’s required data format or appropriately integrate with a client’s applications and
infrastructure, then we must configure our platform to do so, which increases our expenses. Additionally, we do not
control our Clients’ implementation schedules. As a result, if our Clients do not allocate the internal resources necessary
to meet their implementation responsibilities or if we face unanticipated implementation difficulties, the implementation
may be delayed. If the client implementation process is not executed successfully or if execution is delayed, we could
incur significant costs, Clients could become dissatisfied and decide not to increase utilization of our solution or not to
implement our solution beyond an initial period prior to their term commitment or, in some cases, revenue recognition
could be delayed. In addition, competitors with more efficient operating models with lower implementation costs could
jeopardize our client relationships.
Our Clients and Members depend on our support services to resolve any technical issues relating to our solution
and services, and we may be unable to respond quickly enough to accommodate short-term increases in member demand
for support services, particularly as we increase the size of our client and Membership bases. We also may be unable to
modify the format of our support services to compete with changes in support services provided by competitors. It is
difficult to predict member demand for technical support services, and if member demand increases significantly, we
may be unable to provide satisfactory support services to our Members. Further, if we are unable to address Members’
needs in a timely fashion or further develop and enhance our solution, or if a client or member is not satisfied with the
quality of work performed by us or with the technical support services rendered, then we could incur additional costs to
address the situation or be required to issue credits or refunds for amounts related to unused services, and our
profitability may be impaired and Clients’ dissatisfaction with our solution could damage our ability to expand the
number of applications and services purchased by such Clients. These Clients may not renew their contracts, seek to
terminate their relationship with us or renew on less favorable terms. Moreover, negative publicity related to our client
relationships, regardless of its accuracy, may further damage our business by affecting our reputation or ability to
compete for new business with current and prospective Clients. If any of these were to occur, our revenue may decline
and our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.
We depend on our senior management team, and the loss of one or more of our executive officers or key employees or
an inability to attract and retain highly skilled employees could adversely affect our business.
Our success depends largely upon the continued services of our key executive officers. These executive officers
are at-will employees and therefore they may terminate employment with us at any time with no advance notice. We also
rely on our leadership team in the areas of research and development, marketing, services and general and administrative
functions. From time to time, there may be changes in our executive management team resulting from the hiring or
departure of executives, which could disrupt our business. The replacement of one or more of our executive officers or
other key employees would likely involve significant time and costs and may significantly delay or prevent the
achievement of our business objectives.
To continue to execute our growth strategy, we also must attract and retain highly skilled personnel.
Competition is intense for qualified professionals. We may not be successful in continuing to attract and retain qualified
personnel. We have from time to time in the past experienced, and we expect to continue to experience in the future,
difficulty in hiring and retaining highly skilled personnel with appropriate qualifications. The pool of qualified personnel
with experience working in the healthcare market is limited overall. In addition, many of the companies with which we
compete for experienced personnel have greater resources than we have.
In addition, in making employment decisions, particularly in high-technology industries, job candidates often
consider the value of the stock options or other equity-based awards they are to receive in connection with their
employment. Volatility in the price of our stock may, therefore, adversely affect our ability to attract or retain highly
skilled personnel. Further, the requirement to expense stock options and other equity-based compensation may
discourage us from granting the size or type of stock option or equity awards that job candidates require to join our
37
company. Failure to attract new personnel or failure to retain and motivate our current personnel, could have a material
adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We are dependent on our ability to recruit, retain and develop a very large and diverse workforce. We must evolve our
culture in order to successfully grow our business.
Our products and services and our operations require a large number of employees. A significant number of
employees have joined us in recent years as a result of our acquisitions and our entry into new businesses. Our success is
dependent on our ability to evolve our culture, align our talent with our business needs, engage our employees and
inspire our employees to be open to change, to innovate and to maintain member- and client-focus when delivering our
services. Our business would be adversely affected if we fail to adequately plan for succession of our executives and
senior management; or if we fail to effectively recruit, integrate, retain and develop key talent and/or align our talent
with our business needs, in light of the current rapidly changing environment. While we have succession plans in place
and we have employment arrangements with a limited number of key executives, these do not guarantee that the services
of these or suitable successor executives will continue to be available to us. In addition, as we expand internationally, we
face the challenge of recruiting, integrating, educating, managing, retaining and developing a more culturally diverse
workforce.
If we fail to develop widespread brand awareness cost-effectively, our business may suffer.
We believe that developing and maintaining widespread awareness of our brand in a cost-effective manner is
critical to achieving widespread adoption of our solution and attracting new Clients. Our brand promotion activities may
not generate client awareness or increase revenue, and even if they do, any increase in revenue may not offset the
expenses we incur in building our brand. If we fail to successfully promote and maintain our brand, or incur substantial
expenses in doing so, we may fail to attract or retain Clients necessary to realize a sufficient return on our brand-building
efforts or to achieve the widespread brand awareness that is critical for broad client adoption of our solution.
Our marketing efforts depend significantly on our ability to receive positive references from our existing Clients.
Our marketing efforts depend significantly on our ability to call upon our current Clients to provide positive
references to new, potential Clients. Given our limited number of long-term Clients, the loss or dissatisfaction of any
client could substantially harm our brand and reputation, inhibit widespread adoption of our solution and impair our
ability to attract new Clients and maintain existing Clients. Any of these consequences could lower retention rate and
have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Any failure to protect our intellectual property rights could impair our ability to protect our technology and our
brand.
Our success depends in part on our ability to enforce our intellectual property and other proprietary rights. We
rely upon a combination of trademark and trade secret laws, as well as license and access agreements and other
contractual provisions, to protect our intellectual property and other proprietary rights. In addition, we attempt to protect
our intellectual property and proprietary information by requiring our employees, consultants and certain of our
contractors to execute confidentiality and assignment of inventions agreements. These laws, procedures and restrictions
provide only limited protection and any of our intellectual property rights may be challenged, invalidated, circumvented,
infringed or misappropriated. To the extent that our intellectual property and other proprietary rights are not adequately
protected, third parties may gain access to our proprietary information, develop and market solutions similar to ours or
use trademarks similar to ours, each of which could materially harm our business. Unauthorized parties may also attempt
to copy or obtain and use our technology to develop applications with the same functionality as our solution, and
policing unauthorized use of our technology and intellectual property rights is difficult and may not be effective. The
failure to adequately protect our intellectual property and other proprietary rights could have a material adverse effect on
our business, financial condition and results of operations.
38
We may acquire other companies or technologies, which could divert our management’s attention, result in dilution
to our stockholders and otherwise disrupt our operations and we may have difficulty integrating any such acquisitions
successfully or realizing the anticipated benefits therefrom, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our
business, financial condition and results of operations.
We have in the past and may in the future seek to acquire or invest in businesses, applications and services or
technologies that we believe could complement or expand our solution, enhance our technical capabilities or otherwise
offer growth opportunities. The pursuit of potential acquisitions may divert the attention of management and cause us to
incur various expenses in identifying, investigating and pursuing suitable acquisitions, whether or not they are
consummated.
In addition, if we acquire additional businesses, we may not be able to integrate the acquired personnel,
operations and technologies successfully, or effectively manage the combined business following the acquisition. We
also may not achieve the anticipated benefits from the acquired business due to a number of factors, including, but not
limited to:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
inability to integrate or benefit from acquired technologies or services in a profitable manner;
unanticipated costs or liabilities associated with the acquisition;
difficulty integrating the accounting systems, operations and personnel of the acquired business;
difficulties and additional expenses associated with supporting legacy products and hosting infrastructure
of the acquired business;
difficulty converting the Clients of the acquired business onto our platform and contract terms, including
disparities in the revenue, licensing, support or professional services model of the acquired company;
diversion of management’s attention from other business concerns;
adverse effects to our existing business relationships with business partners and Clients as a result of the
acquisition;
the potential loss of key employees;
use of resources that are needed in other parts of our business; and
use of substantial portions of our available cash to consummate the acquisition.
In addition, a significant portion of the purchase price of companies we acquire may be allocated to acquired
goodwill and other intangible assets, which must be assessed for impairment at least annually. In the future, if our
acquisitions do not yield expected returns, we may be required to take charges to our results of operations based on this
impairment assessment process, which could adversely affect our results of operations.
Acquisitions could also result in dilutive issuances of equity securities or the incurrence of debt, which could
adversely affect our results of operations. In addition, if an acquired business fails to meet our expectations, our business,
financial condition and results of operations may suffer.
Taxing authorities may successfully assert that we should have collected or in the future should collect sales and use
or similar taxes for telehealth services which could adversely affect our results of operations.
We do not collect sales and use and similar taxes in any states for telehealth services based on our belief that
our services are not subject to such taxes in any state. Sales and use and similar tax laws and rates vary greatly from state
to state. Additionally, we do not collect value added tax or similar taxes in certain foreign jurisdictions based on our
39
belief that our services are not subject to such taxes. Certain states or foreign jurisdictions in which we do not collect
such taxes may assert that such taxes are applicable, which could result in tax assessments, penalties and interest with
respect to past services, and we may be required to collect such taxes for services in the future. Such tax assessments,
penalties and interest or future requirements may adversely affect our results of operations.
Economic uncertainties or downturns in the general economy or the industries in which our Clients operate could
disproportionately affect the demand for our solution and negatively impact our results of operations.
General worldwide economic conditions have experienced significant downturns during the last ten years, and
market volatility and uncertainty remain widespread, making it potentially very difficult for our Clients and us to
accurately forecast and plan future business activities. During challenging economic times, our Clients may have
difficulty gaining timely access to sufficient credit or obtaining credit on reasonable terms, which could impair their
ability to make timely payments to us and adversely affect our revenue. If that were to occur, our financial results could
be harmed. Further, challenging economic conditions may impair the ability of our Clients to pay for the applications and
services they already have purchased from us and, as a result, our write-offs of accounts receivable could increase. We
cannot predict the timing, strength or duration of any economic slowdown or recovery. If the condition of the general
economy or markets in which we operate worsens, our business could be harmed.
The estimates of market opportunity and forecasts of market growth included in this Form 10-K may prove to be
inaccurate, and even if the market in which we compete achieves the forecasted growth, our business could fail to
grow at similar rates, if at all.
Market opportunity estimates and growth forecasts are subject to significant uncertainty and are based on
assumptions and estimates that may not prove to be accurate. The estimates and forecasts in this Form 10-K relating to
the size and expected growth of the telehealth market may prove to be inaccurate. Even if the market in which we
compete meets our size estimates and forecasted growth, our business could fail to grow at similar rates, if at all.
Natural or man-made disasters and other similar events may significantly disrupt our business and negatively impact
our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our offices may be harmed or rendered inoperable by natural or man-made disasters, including earthquakes,
power outages, fires, floods, nuclear disasters and acts of terrorism or other criminal activities, which may render it
difficult or impossible for us to operate our business for some period of time. For example, our headquarters are located
in the greater New York City area, a region with a history of terrorist attacks and hurricanes. Any disruptions in our
operations related to the repair or replacement of our offices, could negatively impact our business and results of
operations and harm our reputation. Although we maintain an insurance policy covering damage to property we rent,
such insurance may not be sufficient to compensate for losses that may occur. Any such losses or damages could have a
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, our Clients’ facilities
may be harmed or rendered inoperable by such natural or man-made disasters, which may cause disruptions, difficulties
or material adverse effects on our business.
Our marketing efforts for the direct-to-consumer behavioral health portion of our business may not be successful or
may become more expensive, either of which could increase our costs and adversely affect our business, financial
condition, results of operations and cash flows.
Direct-to-consumer behavioral health represents a material portion of our overall business. We spend significant
resources marketing this service. We rely on relationships for our direct-to-consumer behavioral health business with a
wide variety of third parties, including Internet search providers such as Google, social networking platforms such as
Facebook, Internet advertising networks, co-registration partners, retailers, distributors, television advertising agencies
and direct marketers, to source new Members and to promote or distribute our services and products. In addition, in
connection with the launch of new services or products for our direct-to-consumer behavioral health business, we may
spend a significant amount of resources on marketing. If our marketing activities are inefficient or unsuccessful, if
important third-party relationships or marketing strategies, such as Internet search engine marketing and search engine
optimization, become more expensive or unavailable, or are suspended, modified or terminated, for any reason, if there is
40
an increase in the proportion of consumers visiting our websites or purchasing our services by way of marketing
channels with higher marketing costs as compared to channels that have lower or no associated marketing costs or if our
marketing efforts do not result in our services being prominently ranked in Internet search listings, our business,
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially and adversely impacted.
Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws and under
Delaware law could make an acquisition of our company, which may be beneficial to our stockholders, more difficult
and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management.
Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws may
discourage, delay or prevent a merger, acquisition or other change in control of our company that stockholders may
consider favorable, including transactions in which you might otherwise receive a premium for your shares. These
provisions could also limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock,
thereby depressing the market price of our common stock. In addition, because our board of directors is responsible for
appointing the Members of our management team, these provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our
stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace
Members of our board of directors. Among other things, these provisions include those establishing:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
no cumulative voting in the election of directors, which limits the ability of minority stockholders to elect
director candidates;
the exclusive right of our board of directors to elect a director to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of
our board of directors or the resignation, death or removal of a director, which prevents stockholders from
filling vacancies on our board of directors;
the ability of our board of directors to authorize the issuance of shares of preferred stock and to determine
the terms of those shares, including preferences and voting rights, without stockholder approval, which
could be used to significantly dilute the ownership of a hostile acquirer;
the ability of our board of directors to alter our amended and restated bylaws without obtaining stockholder
approval;
a prohibition on stockholder action by written consent, which forces stockholder action to be taken at an
annual or special meeting of our stockholders;
the requirement that a special meeting of stockholders be called only by the chairman of our board of
directors, the chief executive officer, the president or our board of directors, which may delay the ability of
our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or to take action, including the removal of directors;
and
advance notice procedures that stockholders must comply with in order to nominate candidates to our board
of directors or to propose matters to be acted upon at a stockholders’ meeting, which may discourage or
deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of
directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us.
Moreover, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the
General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or the DGCL, which prohibits a person who owns in excess of 15%
of our outstanding voting stock from merging or combining with us for a period of three years after the date of the
transaction in which the person acquired in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock, unless the merger or
combination is approved in a prescribed manner.
41
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware
will be the exclusive forum for substantially all disputes between us and our stockholders, which could limit our
stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that the Court of Chancery of the State of
Delaware is the exclusive forum for (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (2) any action
asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty or other wrongdoing by any of our directors, officers, employees or agents
to us or our stockholders, (3) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or our amended
and restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws, (4) any action to interpret, apply, enforce or
determine the validity of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws or (5) any
action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. This choice of forum provision may limit a
stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors,
officers or other employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and other
employees. Alternatively, if a court were to find the choice of forum provision contained in our amended and restated
certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated
with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could have a material adverse effect our business, financial
condition or results of operations.
Because we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our capital stock in the foreseeable future, capital
appreciation will be your sole source of gain, if any.
We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all of our
future earnings, if any, to finance the growth and development of our business. Any future debt agreements may preclude
us from paying dividends. As a result, capital appreciation, if any, of our common stock will be your sole source of gain
for the foreseeable future.
We could be subject to securities class action litigation.
In the past, securities class action litigation has often been brought against a company following a decline in the
market price of its securities. If we face such litigation, it could result in substantial costs and a diversion of
management’s attention and resources, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or
results of operations.
Our board of directors may change our strategies, policies and procedures without stockholder approval and we may
become more highly leveraged, which may increase our risk of default under our debt obligations.
Our investment, financing, leverage and dividend policies, and our policies with respect to all other activities,
including growth, capitalization and operations, are determined exclusively by our board of directors, and may be
amended or revised at any time by our board of directors without notice to or a vote of our stockholders. This could
result in us conducting operational matters, making investments or pursuing different business or growth strategies than
those contemplated in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Further, our charter and bylaws do not limit the amount or
percentage of indebtedness, funded or otherwise, that we may incur. Higher leverage also increases the risk of default on
our obligations. In addition, a change in our investment policies, including the manner in which we allocate our
resources across our portfolio or the types of assets in which we seek to invest, may increase our exposure to interest rate
risk and liquidity risk. Changes to our policies with regards to the foregoing could materially adversely affect our
financial condition, results of operations, and cash flow.
If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, if they adversely change their
recommendations regarding our shares, or if our results of operations do not meet their expectations, the share price
and trading volume of our common stock could decline.
The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or
securities analysts publish about us or our business. We do not have any control over these analysts. If one or more of
these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the
42
financial markets, which in turn could cause the share price or trading volume of our common stock to decline.
Moreover, if one or more of the analysts who cover us, express views regarding us that may be perceived as negative or
less favorable than previous views, downgrade our stock, or if our results of operations do not meet their expectations,
the share price of our common stock could decline.
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments
None.
Item 2. Properties
We believe that our company’s offices and other facilities are, in general, in good operating condition and
adequate for our current operations and that additional leased space in appropriate locations can be obtained on
acceptable terms if needed.
We lease approximately 21,000 square feet of office space in Purchase, New York for our corporate
headquarters and certain of our operations under a lease for which the term expires in August 2028. In 2016, we executed
a lease for approximately 19,000 square feet of office space in Phoenix, Arizona for one of our provider network
operations centers. The lease has a seven-year initial term and provides for a five-year extension. In 2015 we executed a
lease for approximately 70,000 square feet of office space in Lewisville, Texas for our provider network operations
center and administrative purposes. The lease has a ten-year initial term and provides for two five-year extensions. We
lease approximately 50,000 square feet of office space in Quincy, Massachusetts primarily for another one of our
provider network operations centers. The lease expires in August 2027. For our foreign operations, we have a lease in
Barcelona, Spain for approximately 30,000 square feet that expires in August 2024 and Toronto, Canada for
approximately 9,000 square feet that expires in December 2020. We also lease additional facilities elsewhere in the
United States and other foreign locations. We believe that our facilities are adequate to meet our needs for the immediate
future, and that, should it be needed, suitable additional space will be available to accommodate any such expansion of
our operations.
Item 3. Legal Proceedings
We are subject to legal proceedings, claims and litigation arising in the ordinary course of our business.
Descriptions of certain legal proceedings to which we are a party are contained in Note 19, “Legal Matters”, to our
audited consolidated financial statements included in Part II, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and are incorporated
by reference herein.
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures
Not applicable.
43
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity
PART II
Securities
Market Information
We completed the initial public offering of our Common Stock in July 2015. Our Common Stock began trading
on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbol “TDOC” on July 1, 2015.
The market price of our Common Stock has fluctuated in the past and is likely to fluctuate in the future.
Changes in the market price of our Common Stock may result from, among other things:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
quarter-to-quarter variations in operating results;
operating results being different from our previously announced guidance or from analysts’ estimates or
opinions;
changes in analysts’ or financial commentators’ earnings estimates, ratings or opinions;
changes in financial guidance or other forward-looking information;
new products, services or pricing policies introduced by us or our competitors;
acquisitions by us or our competitors;
developments in existing customer relationships;
actual or perceived changes in our business strategy;
developments in new or pending litigation and claims;
sales of large amounts of our Common Stock or other capital raising activities;
changes in general business or regulatory conditions affecting the healthcare, information technology or
Internet industries;
changes in litigation matters
changes in general economic conditions; and
fluctuations in the securities markets in general.
In addition, the market prices of our Common Stock and of the stock of other healthcare technology companies
have experienced large fluctuations, sometimes quite rapidly. These fluctuations often may be unrelated to or
disproportionate to operating performance.
Holders
On February 12, 2020, there were 82 shareholders of record of our Common Stock.
44
Dividends
We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our Common Stock, and we do not anticipate paying
cash dividends in the foreseeable future.
Purchase of Equity Securities
We did not purchase any of our registered equity securities during the period covered by this report.
Performance Graph
The following graph compares the cumulative total stockholder return on Teladoc Health Common Stock with
the comparable cumulative return of the Russell 2000 composite index over the period of time covered in the graph. The
graph assumes that $100 was invested in Teladoc Health Common Stock and in each index on July 1, 2015, the date of
our initial public offering. The stock price performance on the following graph is not necessarily indicative of future
stock price performance.
Comparison of 54 Months Return*
Among Teladoc, Inc., and the RUSSELL 2000 Composite Index
$350
$300
$250
$200
$150
$100
$50
$-
*$100 invested on 7/1/2015 in stock or index, which represents the date of our initial public offering.
Fiscal year ending December 31.
Teladoc, Inc.
Russell 2000 Composite
The comparisons in the graph above are provided in response to disclosure requirements of the SEC and are not
intended to forecast or be indicative of future performance of our common stock.
Item 6. Selected Financial Data
The following selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with “Management’s
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and with the Consolidated Financial
Statements and notes thereto, which are included elsewhere in this Annual Report. We acquired MedecinDirect on April,
30, 2019, Advance Medical on May 31, 2018, Best Doctors on July 14, 2017, HY Holdings, Inc. d/b/a HealthiestYou
Corporation on July 1, 2016, Stat Health Services Inc. on June 17, 2015 and Compile, Inc. d/b/a BetterHelp on
January 23, 2015. The results of the acquisitions were integrated within our existing business on the respective
acquisition dates.
45
2019
Year Ended December 31,
2017
2018
2016
2015
$
553,307 $
417,907 $
233,279 $
123,157 $
77,384
184,465
128,735
61,623
31,971
21,041
109,697
64,915
64,644
6,762
6,620
0
157,694
38,952
633,749
(80,442)
0
29,013
(109,455)
(10,591)
85,109
59,154
54,373
3,981
10,391
(5,500)
116,916
35,602
488,761
(70,854)
0
26,112
(96,966)
118
57,663
37,984
34,459
4,871
13,196
0
79,781
19,095
308,673
(75,394)
14,122
17,491
(107,007)
(225)
34,720
26,243
21,815
7,275
6,959
0
48,568
8,270
185,821
(62,664)
8,454
2,588
(73,706)
510
20,236
17,976
14,210
11,311
551
0
42,981
4,863
133,169
(55,785)
0
2,199
(57,984)
36
(98,864) $
(1.38) $
(97,084) $ (106,782) $
(1.93) $
(1.47) $
(74,216) $
(1.75) $
(58,020)
(2.91)
Consolidated Statements of
Operations Data (in thousands):
Revenue
Expenses:
Cost of revenue (exclusive of
depreciation and amortization
shown separately below)
Operating expenses:
Advertising and marketing
Sales
Technology and development
Legal and regulatory
Acquisition and integration related
costs
Gain on sale
General and administrative
Depreciation and amortization
Total expenses
Loss from operations
Amortization of warrants and loss on
extinguishment of debt
Interest expense, net
Net loss before taxes
Income tax (benefit) provision
Net loss
Net loss per share, basic and diluted
Weighted-average shares used to
compute basic and diluted net loss per
share
$
$
71,844,535
65,844,908
55,427,460
42,330,908
19,917,348
Amounts may not add due to rounding.
2019
2018
2017
2016
2015
As of December 31,
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data (in
thousands):
Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments $ 517,064 $
Working capital
Total assets
Stockholders’ equity
497,821
1,602,827
1,014,025
478,534 $ 122,306 $ 65,808 $ 137,348
133,592
470,297
229,737
1,528,876
178,564
1,013,119
61,644
303,670
230,870
115,909
824,391
558,903
Amounts may not add due to rounding.
46
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
Many statements made in this Form 10-K that are not statements of historical fact, including statements about
our beliefs and expectations, are forward- looking statements and should be evaluated as such. Forward-looking
statements include information concerning possible or assumed future results of operations, including descriptions of our
business plan and strategies. These statements often include words such as “anticipates”, “believes”, “suggests”,
“targets”, “projects”, “plans”, “expects”, “future”, “intends”, “estimates”, “predicts”, “potential”, “may”, “will”,
“should”, “could”, “would”, “likely”, “foresee”, “forecast”, “continue” and other similar words or phrases, as well as
statements in the future tense to identify these forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements and
projections are contained throughout this Form 10-K, including the sections entitled “Form 10-K Summary,” “Risk
Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business.”
We base these forward-looking statements or projections on our current expectations, plans and assumptions that we
have made in light of our experience in the industry, as well as our perceptions of historical trends, current conditions,
expected future developments and other factors we believe are appropriate under the circumstances and at such time. As
you read and consider this Form 10-K, you should understand that these statements are not guarantees of performance or
results. The forward-looking statements and projections are subject to and involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions
and you should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements or projections. Although we believe that
these forward-looking statements and projections are based on reasonable assumptions at the time they are made, you
should be aware that many factors could affect our actual financial results or results of operations and could cause actual
results to differ materially from those expressed in the forward-looking statements and projections. Factors that may
materially affect such forward-looking statements and projections include, but are not limited to the following:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
ongoing legal challenges to, or new state actions against, our business model;
our dependence on our relationships with affiliated professional entities;
evolving government regulations and our ability to stay abreast of new or modified laws and regulations
that currently apply or become applicable to our business;
our ability to operate in the heavily regulated healthcare industry;
our history of net losses and accumulated deficit;
failures of our cyber-security measures that expose the confidential information of our Clients and
Members;
risk of the loss of any of our significant Clients;
risks associated with a decrease in the number of individuals offered benefits by our Clients or the number
of products and services to which they subscribe;
our ability to establish and maintain strategic relationships with third parties;
risk specifically related to our ability to operate in competitive international markets and comply with
complex non-U.S. legal requirements;
our ability to recruit and retain a network of qualified Providers;
risk that the insurance we maintain may not fully cover all potential exposures;
rapid technological change in the telehealth market;
47
•
•
•
•
•
our ability to integrate acquired businesses and achieve fully the strategic and financial objectives related
thereto and their impact on our financial condition and results of operations;
our level of indebtedness and our ability to fund debt obligations and comply with covenants in our debt
instruments;
any statements of belief and any statements of assumptions underlying any of the foregoing;
other factors disclosed in this Form 10-K; and
other factors beyond our control.
These cautionary statements should not be construed by you to be exhaustive and are made only as of the date
of this Form 10-K. We undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of
new information, future events or otherwise. You should evaluate all forward-looking statements made in this
Form 10-K in the context of these risks and uncertainties.
48
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Overview
Teladoc, Inc. was incorporated in the State of Texas in June 2002 and changed its state of incorporation to the
State of Delaware in October 2008. Effective August 10, 2018, Teladoc, Inc. changed its corporate name to Teladoc
Health, Inc. from Teladoc, Inc. Unless the context otherwise requires, Teladoc Health, Inc., together with its subsidiaries,
is referred to herein as “Teladoc” or the “Company”. The Company’s principal executive offices are located in Purchase,
New York, Lewisville, Texas and Barcelona, Spain. Teladoc is the global leader in providing virtual healthcare services
with a focus on high quality, lower costs, and improved outcomes around the world.
Teladoc Health solutions are transforming the access, cost and quality dynamics of healthcare delivery for all of
our market participants.
Members rely on Teladoc Health to remotely access affordable, on-demand healthcare whenever and wherever
they choose.
• Employers, health plans and health systems or our Clients on behalf of their employees or beneficiaries as
well as direct-to consumer individuals (D2C) purchase our solutions to reduce their healthcare spending
and offer convenient, affordable, high-quality healthcare to their employees or beneficiaries.
• Our network of physicians and other healthcare professionals, or our Providers have the ability to generate
meaningful income and deliver their services more efficiently with no administrative burden.
Revenue
We have a demonstrated track record of driving growth both organically and through acquisitions. We increased
revenue 32% to $553.3 million in 2019, including an incremental $33.2 million from our Advance Medical and
MedecinDirect acquisitions. In 2018, revenue increased 79% to $417.9 million from $233.3 million which included an
incremental $45.1 million from our Advance Medical and Best Doctors acquisitions.
For the year ended December 31, 2019, 84% and 16% of our revenue was derived from subscription access fees
and visit fees, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2018, 84% and 16% of our revenue were derived from
subscription access fees and visit fees. For the year ended December 31, 2017, 85% and 15% of our revenue were
derived from subscription access fees and visit fees. We believe our continued strong subscription fee revenue is mainly
representative of the value proposition we provide the broader healthcare system.
Membership and Visits
We completed approximately 4,138,000 telehealth visits in 2019 and approximately 2,640,000 telehealth visits
in 2018. Paid Membership increased by approximately 13.9 million Members to 36.7 million from December 31, 2018
through December 31, 2019.
Financing Activities
In July 2018, we successfully closed on a follow-on offering (the “July Offering”) in which the Company issued
and sold 5,000,000 shares of common stock, at an issuance price of $66.28 per share. The Company received net
proceeds of $330.9 million after deducting offering expenses of $0.5 million.
In May 2018, the Company issued, at par value, $287.5 million aggregate principal amount of 1.375%
convertible senior notes due 2025. The 2025 Notes bear cash interest at a rate of 1.375% per year, payable semi-
49
annually in arrears on May 15 and November 15 of each year. The 2025 Notes will mature on May 15, 2025. The
net proceeds to the Company from the offering were $279.1 million after deducting offering costs of approximately
$8.4 million.
In December 2017, we successfully closed on a follow-on offering (the “December Offering”) in which the
Company issued and sold 4,096,600 shares of common stock at an issuance price of $35.00 per share. We received net
proceeds of $134.7 million after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions of $8.2 million as well as other
offering expenses of $0.5 million.0
In June 2017, the Company issued, at par value, $275 million aggregate principal amount of 3% convertible
senior notes due 2022. The 2022 Notes bear cash interest at a rate of 3% per year, payable semi-annually in arrears on
June 15 and December 15 of each year. The 2022 Notes will mature on December 15, 2022. The net proceeds to the
Company from the offering were $263.7 million after deducting offering costs of approximately $11.3 million.
In January 2017, we successfully closed on our Follow-On Offering (“January 2017 Offering”) in which the
Company issued and sold 7,887,500 shares of common stock at an issuance price of $16.75 per share. We received net
proceeds of $123.9 million after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions of $7.6 million as well as other
offering expenses of $0.6 million.
Acquisition History
We have scaled and intend to continue to scale our platform through the pursuit of selective acquisitions. We
have completed multiple acquisitions since our inception, which we believe have expanded our distribution capabilities
and broadened our service offering.
On April 30, 2019, we completed the acquisition of the Paris-based telemedicine provider MedecinDirect for
aggregate consideration of $11.2 million of net cash and with additional potential earnout consideration. On June 19,
2019, we made a $5.0 million minority investment in Vida Health.
On May 31, 2018, we completed our acquisition of Advance Medical for aggregate consideration of $351.7
million, which was comprised of 1,344,387 shares of our common stock valued at $68.6 million on May 31, 2018, and
$283.1 million of net cash. Advance Medical is a leading global virtual healthcare provider offering a portfolio of virtual
healthcare and expert medical service solutions.
On July 14, 2017, we completed the acquisition of Best Doctors Holdings, Inc., or Best Doctors, for aggregate
consideration of $445.5 million, net of cash acquired of $13.7 million, comprised of $379.3 million of cash and
1,855,078 shares of our common stock valued at $66.2 million. Best Doctors is the world’s leading expert medical
consultation company focused on improving health outcomes for the most complex, critical and costly medical issues.
Additionally in January 2020, we announced that we entered into a definitive agreement to acquire InTouch,
Technologies, Inc., the leading provider of enterprise solutions for hospitals and health systems. The transaction is
anticipated to close by the end of the second quarter of 2020.
Key Factors Affecting Our Performance
Number of Members. Our revenue growth rate and long-term profitability are affected by our ability to
increase our number of Members because we derive a substantial portion of our revenue from subscription access fees
via Client contracts that provide Members access to our professional provider network in exchange for a contractual
based monthly fee or subscription acess fees derived from our D2C members.
Revenue is driven primarily by the number of Clients, the number of Members in a Client’s population, the
number of services contracted for by a Client and the contractually negotiated prices of our services and the negotiated
pricing that is specific to that particular Client. We believe that increasing our Membership is an integral objective that
50
will provide us with the ability to continually innovate our services and support initiatives that will enhance Member‘s
experiences.
From December 31, 2018 through December 31, 2019, Membership increased by approximately 13.9 million
Members. Membership increased by approximately 3.2 million Members (net of adjustments of client who became a
visit fee only arrangement in 2018) from December 31, 2017 through December 31, 2018, including approximately 1.0
million Members from the acquisition of Advance Medical.
Number of Visits. We also recognize revenue in connection with the completion of a general medical visit,
expert medical service and other specialty visits for the majority of our contracts. Accordingly, our visit revenue, or visit
fees, generally increase as the number of visits increase. Visit fee revenue is driven primarily by the number of Clients,
the number of Members in a Client’s population, Member utilization of our provider network services and the
contractually negotiated prices of our services. We believe that increasing our current Member utilization rate and
increasing penetration further into existing and new health plan Clients is a key objective in order for our Clients to
realize tangible healthcare savings with our service. Visits increased by 57% or 1.5 million to approximately 4.1 million
for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the same period in 2018.
Seasonality. We typically experience the strongest increases in consecutive quarterly revenue during the
fourth and first quarters of each year, which coincides with traditional annual benefit enrollment seasons. In particular, as
a result of many Clients’ introduction of new services at the very end of the current year, or the start of each year, a
concentration of our new Client contracts have an effective date of January 1. Therefore, while Membership increases,
utilization is dampened until service delivery ramps up over the course of the year. Additionally,our business has become
more diversified across services, channels and geographies. We continue to see a diversification of client start dates,
resulting from our health plan expansions, cross sales of new services, international growth, and mid-market employer
growth, all of which are not constrained by a calendar year start.
Additionally, as a result of national seasonal cold and flu trends, we experience our highest level of visit fees
during the first and fourth quarters of each year when compared to other quarters of the year. Conversely, the second
quarter of the year has historically been the period of lowest utilization of our provider network services relative to the
other quarters of the year. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—Our quarterly results may fluctuate
significantly, which could adversely impact the value of our common stock.” included elsewhere in this Annual Report
on Form 10-K.
Our quarterly results may fluctuate significantly, which could adversely impact the value of our common stock.
Critical Accounting Policies
Revenue
We generate virtual healthcare service revenue from contracts with Clients who purchase access to our
professional provider network or medical experts for their employees, dependents and other beneficiaries. Our client
contracts include a per-member-per-month subscription access fee as well as certain contracts that generate additional
revenue on a per-telehealth visit basis for general medical and other specialty visits and expert medical service on a per
case basis. We also have certain contracts that generate revenue based solely on a per telehealth visit basis for general
medical and other specialty visits. For our D2C behavioral health product, Members purchase access to the Company’s
professional provider network for a subscription access fee. Accordingly, we generate subscription access revenue from
subscription access fees and visit fee revenue for general medical, expert medical service and other specialty visit.
Revenues are recognized when we satisfy our performance obligation to stand ready to provide telehealth
services which occurs when our Clients and Members have access to and obtain control of the telehealth service.
Revenue is recognized in an amount that reflects the consideration that is expected in exchange for the service and this
may include a variable transaction price as the number of Members may vary from the initial billing. Based on historical
experience, the Company estimates this amount which is recorded as a component of revenue.
51
Subscription access revenue accounted for approximately 84%, 84% and 85% of our total revenue during the
years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Subscription access revenue is driven primarily by the
number of Clients, the number of Members in a Client’s population, the number of services contracted for by a Client
and the contractually negotiated prices of our services. Visit fee revenue for general medical, expert medical service and
other specialty visits is driven primarily by the number of Clients, the number of Members in a Client’s population,
Member utilization of our professional provider network services and the contractually negotiated prices of our services.
Business Combinations
We account for our business combinations using the acquisition method of accounting. The cost of an
acquisition is measured as the aggregate of the acquisition date fair values of the assets transferred and liabilities
assumed by us to the sellers and equity instruments issued. Transaction costs directly attributable to the acquisition are
expensed as incurred. Identifiable assets and liabilities acquired or assumed are measured separately at their fair values
as of the acquisition date. The excess of (i) the total costs of acquisition over (ii) the fair value of the identifiable net
assets of the acquiree is recorded as goodwill.
Goodwill and Intangible Assets
Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets
acquired in a business combination. Goodwill is not amortized but is tested for impairment annually on October 1 or
more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset may be impaired. The fair value of the
reporting unit is estimated using quoted market prices in active markets of our stock. An impairment charge is
recognized for the excess of the carrying value of goodwill over its implied fair value.
Our annual goodwill impairment test resulted in no impairment charges in any of the periods presented in the
consolidated financial statements.
Other intangible assets resulted from business acquisitions and include Client relationships, non-compete
agreements, patents and trademarks. Client relationships are amortized over a period of 2 to 20 years in relation to
expected future cash flows, while non-compete agreements are amortized over a period of 1.5 to 5 years using the
straight-line method. Trademarks are amortized over 3 to 15 years using the straight-line method. Patents are amortized
over 3 years using the straight-line method.
Long-lived assets (property and equipment, internally developed software, and intangible assets) used in
operations are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that carrying amounts
may not be recoverable. For long-lived assets to be held and used, we recognize an impairment loss only if its carrying
amount is not recoverable through its undiscounted cash flows and measures the impairment loss based on the difference
between the carrying amount and fair value. There were no impairment losses in 2019, 2018 or 2017.
Stock-Based Compensation
Stock-based compensation for stock options and restricted stock units granted is measured based on the grant- date fair
value of the awards and recognized on a straight-line basis over the period during which the employee is required to
perform services in exchange for the award (generally the vesting period of the award). We estimate the fair value of
employee stock options using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Stock-based compensation for performance stock
units (“PSU”) granted is measured based on the grant- date fair value of the awards and recognized on an accelerated
tranche by tranche basis over the period during which the employee is required to perform services in exchange for the
award (generally the vesting period of the award). The ultimate number of PSUs that are issued to an employee is the
result of the actual performance of the Company at the end of the performance period compared to the performance
conditions and can range from 50% to 200% of the initial grant.
Our Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”) permits eligible employees to purchase common stock at a
discount through payroll deductions during defined offering periods. Under the ESPP, we may specify offerings with
durations of not more than 27 months, and may specify shorter purchase periods within each offering. Each offering will
52
have one or more purchase dates on which shares of its common stock will be purchased for employees participating in
the offering. An offering may be terminated under certain circumstances. The price at which the stock is purchased is
equal to the lower of 85% of the fair market value of the common stock at the beginning of an offering period or on the
date of purchase.
Warranties and Indemnification
Our arrangements generally include certain provisions for indemnifying Clients against liabilities if there is a
breach of a Client’s data or if our service infringes a third party’s intellectual property rights. To date, we have not
incurred any material costs as a result of such indemnifications.
We have also agreed to indemnify our directors and executive officers for costs associated with any fees,
expenses, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of these persons in any action or proceeding to which
any of those persons is, or is threatened to be, made a party by reason of the person’s service as a director or officer,
including any action by us, arising out of that person’s services as our director or officer or that person’s services
provided to any other company or enterprise at our request. We maintain director and officer liability insurance coverage
that would generally enable us to recover a portion of any future amounts paid. We may also be subject to
indemnification obligations by law with respect to the actions of our employees under certain circumstances and in
certain jurisdictions.
Concentrations of Risk and Significant Clients
Our financial instruments that are exposed to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash
equivalents, short-term investment and accounts receivable. Although we deposit our cash with multiple financial
institutions in U.S. and in foreign countries, our deposits, at times, may exceed federally insured limits. Our short-term
investment are comprised of a portfolio of diverse high credit rating instruments with maturity durations of one year or
less.
Revenue from Client operations located in the United States for the year ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and
2017 were $445.3 million, $342.7 million and $214.5 million, respectively. Revenue from Client operations located
outside the United States for the year ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 were $108.0 million, $75.2 million and
$18.8 million, respectively.
Components of Results of Operations
Cost of Revenue
Cost of revenue primarily consists of fees paid to our Providers and medical experts, costs incurred in
connection with our provider network operations, which include employee-related expenses (including salaries and
benefits), costs related to our provider network operations center activities, medical records, magnetic resonance
imaging, medical lab tests, translation, postage and medical malpractice insurance. Cost of revenue is driven primarily by
the number of general medical visits, expert medical services and other specialty visits completed in each period. Many
of the elements of the cost of revenue are relatively variable and semi-variable, and can be reduced in the near-term to
offset any decline in our revenue. Cost of revenue does not include an allocation of depreciation and amortization. Our
business and operational models are designed to be highly scalable and leverage variable costs to support revenue-
generating activities.
Advertising and Marketing Expenses
Advertising and marketing expenses consist primarily of costs of digital advertisements, personnel and related
expenses for our marketing staff and communications materials that are produced for member acquisition and to generate
greater awareness and utilization among our Clients and Members. Marketing costs also include third-party independent
research, trade shows and brand messages, public relations costs and stock-based compensation for our advertising and
marketing employees. Our advertising and marketing expenses exclude certain allocations of occupancy expense as well
53
as depreciation and amortization.
We expect our advertising and marketing expenses to increase for the foreseeable future as we continue to
increase the size of our digital and media advertising and marketing operations including member acquisition and
engagement activities and expand into new products and markets. Our advertising and marketing expenses will fluctuate
as a percentage of our total revenue from period to period due to the seasonality of our total revenue and the timing and
extent of our advertising campaigns and marketing expenses. We will continue to invest in advertising and marketing by
promoting our brands through a variety of marketing and public relations activities.
Sales Expenses
Sales expenses consist primarily of employee-related expenses, including salaries, benefits, commissions,
employment taxes, travel and stock-based compensation costs for our employees engaged in sales, account management
and sales support in addition to commissions paid to external brokers. Our sales expenses exclude certain allocations of
occupancy expense as well as depreciation and amortization. We expect our sales expenses to continue to increase in the
short-to-medium-term as we strategically invest to expand our business and to capture an increasing amount of our
market opportunity.
Technology and Development Expenses
Technology and development expenses include personnel and related expenses for software engineering,
information technology infrastructure, security and compliance and product development. Technology and development
expenses also include outsourced software engineering services, the costs of operating our on-demand technology
infrastructure, licensed applications and stock-based compensation for our technology and development employees. Our
technology and development expenses exclude certain allocations of occupancy expense as well as depreciation and
amortization.
We expect our technology and development expenses to increase for the foreseeable future as we continue to
invest in the development of our technology platform. Our technology and development expenses may fluctuate as a
percentage of our total revenue from period to period due to the seasonality of our total revenue and the timing and
extent of our technology and development expenses. Historically, the majority of our technology and development costs
have been expensed.
Legal and Regulatory Expenses
Legal and regulatory expenses include professional fees incurred and settlements. Our legal and regulatory
expenses exclude certain allocations of personnel and related expenses, occupancy expense as well as depreciation and
amortization.
Acquisition and Integration Related Costs
Acquisition and integration related costs include investment banking, financing, legal, accounting, consultancy,
integration, fair value changes related to contingent consideration and certain other non-recurring transaction costs
related to mergers and acquisitions.
General and Administrative Expenses
General and administrative expenses include personnel and related expenses of, and professional fees incurred
by our executive, finance, product development, business development, operations and human resources departments.
They also include stock-based compensation costs related to our board of directors and our employees and most of the
facilities costs including utilities and facilities maintenance. Our general and administrative expenses exclude any
allocation of depreciation and amortization.
We expect our general and administrative expenses to increase for the foreseeable future as we continue to grow
54
our business. However, we expect our general and administrative expenses to decrease as a percentage of our total
revenue over the next several years. Our general and administrative expenses may fluctuate as a percentage of our total
revenue from period to period due to the seasonality of our total revenue and the timing and extent of our general and
administrative expenses.
Depreciation and Amortization
Depreciation and amortization consist primarily of depreciation of fixed assets, amortization of capitalized
software development costs and amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets.
Amortization of Warrants and Loss on Extinguishment of Debt
Amortization of warrants and loss on extinguishment of debt consists of costs associated with debt refinances
including the write off of origination and termination financing fees and recognition of the fair value of warrants
included with the loan facilities.
Interest Expense, Net
Interest expense, net consists of interest costs associated with our bank, other debt and amortization of debt
issuance costs and costs associated with the Notes and the $175.0 million Senior Secured Term Loan Facility (the “Term
Loan Facility”), net of interest earned on cash and cash equivalents and short-term marketable securities as well as
foreign exchange gain or loss.
Foreign Currency
The functional currency for each of our foreign subsidiaries is the local currency. All assets and liabilities
denominated in a foreign currency are translated into U.S. dollars at the exchange rate on the balance sheet date.
Revenues and expenses are translated at the weighted average exchange rate during the period. Cumulative translation
gains or losses are included in stockholders’ equity as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).
We have not utilized hedging strategies with respect to such foreign exchange exposure.
Income Tax Provision
We follow the provisions of the accounting guidance on accounting for income taxes which requires recognition
of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the
financial statements or tax returns. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the
difference between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the
year in which the differences are expected to reverse. A valuation allowance is provided to reduce the deferred tax asset
to a level which, more likely than not, will be realized. We have recorded deferred tax liabilities arising principally from
deferred tax liabilities associated with indefinitely lived intangible assets in the U.S. and from deferred tax liabilities in
foreign jurisdictions. We have provided a full valuation allowance for our U.S. deferred tax assets, net of certain deferred
tax liabilities, and certain of our foreign deferred tax assets at December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, as it is more likely
than not that these assets will not be realized in the future.
H.R. 1, commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, was enacted on December 22, 2017. The Tax Act
includes significant changes to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, including amendments which
significantly change the taxation of business entities.
55
Consolidated Results of Operations
The following table sets forth our consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31,
2019, 2018 and 2017 and the dollar and percentage change between the respective periods (dollars in thousands):
Revenue
Expenses:
Cost of revenue (exclusive
of depreciation and
amortization shown
separately below)
Operating expenses:
Advertising and
marketing
Sales
Technology and
development
Legal and regulatory
Acquisition and
integration related costs
Gain on sale
General and
administrative
Depreciation and
amortization
Total expenses
2019
$
Variance
%
Year Ended December 31,
2018
$
Variance
%
2017
$
$ 553,307 $ 135,400
32 % $ 417,907 $ 184,628
79 % $ 233,279
184,465
55,730
43 %
128,735
67,112
109 %
61,623
109,697
64,915
24,588
5,761
29 %
10 %
85,109
59,154
27,446
21,170
48 %
56 %
64,644
6,762
10,271
2,781
19 %
70 %
54,373
3,981
19,914
(890)
58 %
–18 %
6,620
0
(3,771)
5,500
–36 %
–100 %
10,391
(5,500)
–21 %
(2,805)
(5,500) NM %
57,663
37,984
34,459
4,871
13,196
0
157,694
40,778
35 %
116,916
37,135
47 %
79,781
38,952
633,749
(80,442)
3,350
144,988
(9,588)
9 %
30 %
14 %
35,602
488,761
(70,854)
16,507
180,088
4,540
86 %
58 %
–6 %
19,095
308,673
(75,394)
Loss from operations
Amortization of warrants
and loss on extinguishment
of debt
Interest expense, net
Net loss before taxes
Income tax benefit
Net loss
NM – not meaningful
Amounts may not add due to rounding.
0
29,013
(109,455)
(10,591)
0 NM %
11 %
2,901
13 %
(12,489)
(10,709) NM %
0
26,112
(96,966)
118
(14,122)
8,621
10,041
343
9,698
–100 %
49 %
–9 %
–152 %
14,122
17,491
(107,007)
(225)
–9 % $ (106,782)
$ (98,864) $ (1,780)
2 % $ (97,084) $
56
EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA
The following table reconciles net loss to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA for the years ended December 31,
2019, 2018 and 2017 (in thousands):
Year Ended
December 31,
Net loss
Add:
Interest expense, net
Income tax benefit
Depreciation expense
Amortization expense
EBITDA(1)
Stock-based compensation
Amortization of warrants and loss on extinguishment of debt
Gain on sale
Acquisition and integration related costs
Adjusted EBITDA(1)
(1) Non-GAAP Financial Measures.
Amounts may not add due to rounding.
2019
2018
$ (98,864) $ (97,084) $ (106,782)
2017
29,013
(10,591)
3,382
35,570
(41,490)
66,702
0
0
6,620
26,112
118
4,057
31,545
(35,252)
43,769
0
(5,500)
10,391
$ 31,832 $ 13,408 $
17,491
(225)
3,771
15,324
(70,421)
30,597
14,122
0
13,196
(12,506)
To supplement our financial information presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles
in the United States, or U.S. GAAP, we use EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, which are non-U.S. GAAP financial
measures to clarify and enhance an understanding of past performance. We believe that the presentation of these
financial measures enhances an investor’s understanding of our financial performance. We further believe that these
financial measures are useful financial metrics to assess our operating performance from period-to-period by excluding
certain items that we believe are not representative of our core business. We use certain financial measures for business
planning purposes and in measuring our performance relative to that of our competitors. We utilize Adjusted EBITDA as
the primary measure of our performance.
EBITDA consists of net loss before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization. We believe that making such
adjustment provides investors meaningful information to understand our results of operations and the ability to analyze
financial and business trends on a period-to-period basis.
Adjusted EBITDA consists of net loss before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, stock-based
compensation, gain on sale, amortization of warrants and loss on extinguishment of debt, and acquisition and integration
related costs. We believe that making such adjustment provides investors meaningful information to understand our
results of operations and the ability to analyze financial and business trends on a period-to-period basis.
We believe both financial measures are commonly used by investors to evaluate our performance and that of
our competitors. However, our use of the term EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA may vary from that of others in our
industry. Neither EBITDA nor Adjusted EBITDA should be considered as an alternative to net loss before taxes, net
loss, loss per share or any other performance measures derived in accordance with U.S. GAAP as measures of
performance.
EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA have important limitation as analytical tools and you should not consider them
in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under U.S. GAAP. Some of these limitations are:
• EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect the significant interest expense on our debt; and
• EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA eliminates the impact of income taxes on our results of operations; and
57
• Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect the significant acquisition and integration related costs related to
mergers and acquisitions; and
• Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect the significant gain on sale of certain non-core client contracts;
• Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect the significant amortization of warrants and loss on extinguishment of
debt; and
• Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect the significant non-cash stock compensation expense which should be
viewed as a component of recurring operating costs; and
•
other companies in our industry may calculate EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA differently than we do,
limiting the usefulness of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA as comparative measures.
In addition, although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and
amortized will often have to be replaced in the future, and both EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect any
expenditures for such replacements.
We compensate for these limitations by using EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA along with other comparative
tools, together with U.S. GAAP measurements, to assist in the evaluation of operating performance. Such U.S. GAAP
measurements include gross profit, net loss, net loss per share and other performance measures.
In evaluating these financial measures, you should be aware that in the future we may incur expenses similar to
those eliminated in this presentation. Our presentation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA should not be construed as an
inference that our future results will be unaffected by unusual or nonrecurring items.
Consolidated Results of Operations Discussion
We completed our acquisitions of MedecinDirect on April 30, 2019, Advance Medical on May 31, 2018 and
Best Doctors on July 14, 2017. The results of operations of the aforementioned acquisitions have been included in our
audited consolidated financial statements included in this Form 10-K from their respective acquisition dates.
Revenue. Total revenue was $553.3 million including $33.2 million from Advance Medical and
MedecinDirect for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to $417.9 million during the year ended December 31,
2018, an increase of $135.4 million, or 32%, excluding the effect from acquisitions organic growth was 24%. The
increase in revenue was substantially driven by the acquisitions of Advance Medical and MedecinDirect contributing
$33.2 million, and an increase in new Clients and the number of new Members generating additional subscription access
fees and visit fees. The increase in subscription access fees was due to the addition of new Clients, both organically and
through acquisition, as the number of paid Members increased by 57% from December 31, 2018 to December 31, 2019.
Revenue from the U.S. subscription access fees was $356.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to
$277.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. We generated $106.6 million of international subscription access
fees for the year ended December 31, 2019 and $73.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. We completed
approximately 4,138,000 visits, representing $90.0 million of visit fees for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared
to 2,640,000 visits, representing $67.1 million of visit fees during the year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of
$22.9 million, or 34%. Revenue from general medical visits, other specialty visits (primarily expert medical service) and
visits from visit fee only Clients was $68.7 million, $6.4 million and $19.9 million for the year ended December 31,
2019, respectively.
Total revenue was $417.9 million including $45.2 million from Advance Medical for the year ended
December 31, 2018, compared to $233.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2017, an increase of
$184.6 million, or 79%, excluding the effect from acquisitions organic growth was 36%. The increase in revenue was
substantially driven by the acquisition of Advance Medical and Best Doctors contributing $45.2 million and $57.0
million in revenue, respectively, and an increase in new Clients and the number of new Members generating additional
subscription access fees and visit fees. The increase in subscription access fees was due to the addition of new Clients,
both organically and through acquisition, as the number of paid Members increased by 16% from December 31, 2017 to
58
December 31, 2018. Revenue from the U.S. subscription access fees was $277.1 million for the year ended
December 31, 2018 compared to $179.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. We generated $73.7 million of
international subscription access fees for the year ended December 31, 2018 and $18.3 million for the year ended
December 31, 2017. We completed approximately 2,640,000 visits, representing $67.1 million of visit fees for the year
ended December 31, 2018, compared to 1,463,000 visits, representing $35.8 million of visit fees during the year ended
December 31, 2017, an increase of $31.3 million, or 88%. Revenue from general medical visits and other specialty visits
(primarily expert medical service) and visits from visit fee only Clients was $45.6 million and $9.0 million and $12.5
million for the year ended December 31, 2018, respectively.
Cost of Revenue. Cost of revenue was $184.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to
$128.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of $55.7 million, or 43%. The increase was primarily
due to the acquisitions including an additional $17.2 million in costs associated with Advance Medical and
MedecinDirect services, and increased general medical visits resulting in increased provider fees and increased physician
network operation center costs, and hiring of additional personnel to manage our provider network operations centers.
Cost of revenue was $128.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to $61.6 million for the
year ended December 31, 2017, an increase of $67.1 million, or 109%. The increase was primarily due to the
acquisitions including an additional $23.6 million in costs associated with Advance Medical services and $17.7 million
in costs associated with Best Doctors services, and increased general medical visits resulting in increased provider fees
and increased physician network operation center costs, and hiring of additional personnel to manage our provider
network operations centers.
Advertising and Marketing Expenses. Advertising and marketing expenses were $109.7 million for the year
ended December 31, 2019 compared to $85.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of
$24.6 million, or 29%. Including the impact from the recent acquisitions, this increase primarily consisted of hiring
additional personnel totaling $5.9 million, increased member engagement initiatives, increased digital and media
advertising, sponsorship of professional organizations and trade shows of $18.1 million and other expenses of
$0.6 million.
Advertising and marketing expenses were $85.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to
$57.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, an increase of $27.4 million, or 48%. Including the impact from the
recent acquisitions, this increase primarily consisted of increased member engagement initiatives, increased digital and
media advertising, sponsorship of professional organizations and trade shows of $25.9 million and other expenses of
$1.5 million.
Sales Expenses. Sales expenses were $64.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to
$59.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of $5.8 million, or 10%. Including the impact from the
recent acquisitions, this increase primarily consisted of increased staffing and employee-related expenses including sales
commissions of $4.7 million, decreased travel and entertainment expenses of $0.2 million and increased other expenses
of $1.3 million.
Sales expenses were $59.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to $38.0 million for the
year ended December 31, 2017, an increase of $21.2 million, or 56%. Including the impact from the recent acquisitions,
this increase primarily consisted of increased staffing and employee-related expenses including sales commissions of
$19.2 million, increased travel and entertainment expenses of $0.5 million and other expenses of $1.5 million.
Technology and Development Expenses. Technology and development expenses were $64.6 million for the
year ended December 31, 2019 compared to $54.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of
$10.3 million, or 19%. Including the impact from the recent acquisitions, this increase resulted primarily from hiring
additional personnel totaling $7.1 million, professional fees of $2.4 million, and ongoing projects to improve and
optimize our technology platform and other expenses of $0.8 million.
Technology and development expenses were $54.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to
$34.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, an increase of $19.9 million, or 58%. Including the impact from the
59
recent acquisitions, this increase resulted primarily from hiring additional personnel totaling $12.8 million, professional
fees of $3.1 million, and ongoing projects to improve and optimize our technology platform and other expenses of $4.0
million.
Legal and Regulatory Expenses. Legal and regulatory expenses were $6.8 million for the year ended
December 31, 2019 compared to $4.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of $2.8 million, or
70%. This increase resulted primarily from litigation activities largely associated with the class action complaint.
Legal and Regulatory expenses were $4.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to
$4.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, a decrease of $0.9 million, or 18%. This decrease resulted primarily
from lower legal fees incurred in connection with the Company’s legal activities associated with Texas.
Acquisition and Integration Related Costs. Acquisition related costs were $6.6 million for the year ended
December 31, 2019 compared to $10.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, a decrease of $3.8 million. The
2019 acquisition and integration related costs represent investment banking, financing, legal, accounting, consultancy,
integration, fair value changes related to contingent consideration and certain other non-recurring transaction costs
related to mergers and acquisitions. The 2018 integration related costs represent legal, personnel, re-branding and
professional related fees for the May 2018 acquisition of Advance Medical and July 2017 acquisition of Best Doctors.
Acquisition related costs were $10.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to $13.2 million
for the year ended December 31, 2017, a decrease of $2.8 million. The 2018 acquisition and integration related costs
represent legal, personnel, re-branding and professional related fees for the May 2018 acquisition of Advance Medical
and July 2017 acquisition of Best Doctors. The 2017 acquisition and integration related costs represent legal, personnel
and professional related fees for the July 2017 acquisition of Best Doctors.
Gain on Sale. Gain on sale of $5.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 consists of the June 2018
sale of certain client contracts.
General and Administrative Expenses. General and administrative expenses were $157.7 million for the year
ended December 31, 2019 compared to $116.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of
$40.8 million, or 35%. Including the impact from the recent acquisitions, this increase was driven in part by an increase
in employee-related expenses of approximately $29.7 million, primarily due to an increase in stock compensation
expense and as a result of growth in overall full time employee headcount to over 2,400 at December 31, 2019 as
compared to 2,242 at December 31, 2018. Costs incurred in our provider network operations centers in connection with
enhancing our Member services increased to $5.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 from $2.6 million for
the year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of $3.2 million. Professional fees, increased by $2.5 million for the year
ended December 31, 2019 as compared to December 31, 2018. Other expenses, which include office-related charges and
bank charges, severance costs, lease costs and bad debt expenses, increased net to $29.8 million for the year ended
December 31, 2019 from $24.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of $5.3 million and primarily
reflecting the impact from the recent acquisitions.
General and administrative expenses were $116.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to
$79.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, an increase of $37.1 million, or 47%. Including the impact from the
recent acquisitions, this increase was driven in part by an increase in employee-related expenses of approximately
$28.0 million, primarily due to an increase in stock compensation expense and as a result of growth in overall full time
employee headcount to 2,242 at December 31, 2018 as compared to 1,231 at December 31, 2017, and was primarily due
to 700 employees from Advance Medical in June 2018 and 500 employees from Best Doctors in July 2017, including the
expansion from two to three provider network operations centers in 2017. Costs incurred in our provider network
operations centers in connection with enhancing our Member services increased to $2.6 million for the year ended
December 31, 2018 from $1.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, an increase of $1.1 million. Professional
fees, increased by $1.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 as compared to December 31, 2017. Other
expenses, which include office-related charges and bank charges, severance costs, lease costs and bad debt expenses,
increased net to $24.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 from $18.4 million for the year ended
December 31, 2017, an increase of $6.1 million and primarily reflecting the impact from the recent acquisitions.
60
Depreciation and Amortization. Depreciation and amortization were $39.0 million for the year ended
December 31, 2019 compared to $35.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of $3.4 million, or
9%. This increase was due to additional amortization expense primarily related to acquisition-related intangible assets
that increased from $305.7 million at December 31, 2018 to $319.8 million at December 31, 2019 and an increase in
depreciation expense on an increased base of depreciable fixed assets that increased from $22.4 million at December 31,
2018 to $26.1 million at December 31, 2019.
Depreciation and amortization were $35.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to
$19.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, an increase of $16.5 million, or 86%. This increase was due to
additional amortization expense primarily related to acquisition-related intangible assets that increased from $186.8
million at December 31, 2017 to $305.7 million at December 31, 2018 and an increase in depreciation expense on an
increased base of depreciable fixed assets that increased from $16.9 million at December 31, 2017 to $22.4 million at
December 31, 2018.
Interest Expense, Net. Interest expense, net consists of interest costs and amortization of debt discount
associated with our bank debt and the Notes, interest income from cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments
in marketable securities as well as foreign exchange gain or loss. Interest expense, net was $29.0 million and $26.1
million for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The increase in interest expense primarily is
associated with the Convertible Senior Notes issued in May 2018.
Interest expense, net consists of interest costs and amortization of debt issuance costs associated with our bank
debt, other debt and the Notes and interest income from cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments in
marketable securities . Interest expense, net was $26.1 million and $17.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2018
and 2017, respectively. The increase in interest expense primarily is associated with the Notes issued in May 2018 and
June 2017.
Income tax benefit. Income tax benefit was $(10.6) million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to
$0.1 million provision for the year ended December 31, 2018 and largely reflects a $8.5 million income tax benefit
associated with the intercompany transfer of a U.S. subsidiary from a foreign owned subsidiary to the U.S. parent. The
income tax provision of $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 was consistent with a benefit of $(0.2)
million for the year ended December 31, 2017.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
The following table presents a summary of our cash flow activity for the periods set forth below (in thousands):
Year Ended
December 31,
2019
2018
2017
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows Data
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
Net cash provided by financing activities
Total
Amounts may not add due to rounding.
$ 29,869 $
25,013
35,094
(257,496)
645,612
(4,860) $ (34,441)
(448,379)
475,431
(7,389)
$ 89,976 $ 383,256 $
Historically, we have financed our operations primarily through sales of equity securities, debt issuance and
bank borrowings.
On April 30, 2019, we completed the acquisition of MedecinDirect. The purchase price was $11.2 million cash
with additional potential earnout consideration. We also made a $5.0 million minority investment in Vida Health on
June 19, 2019.
61
On July 26, 2018, we completed the July Offering in which we issued and sold 5,000,000 shares of common
stock, at an issuance price of $66.28 per share. We received net proceeds of $330.9 million after deducting offering
expenses of $0.5 million.
On May 31, 2018 we completed the acquisition of Advance Medical. The purchase price was $351.7 million
consisting of $283.1 million of net cash, and 1.3 million shares of Teladoc’s common stock valued at approximately
$68.6 million.
On May 8, 2018, we issued, at par value, $287.5 million aggregate principal amount of 1.375% convertible
senior notes due 2025. The 2025 Notes bear cash interest at a rate of 1.375% per year, payable semi-annually in arrears
on May 15 and November 15 of each year. The 2025 Notes will mature on May 15, 2025. The net proceeds to the
Company from the offering were $279.1 million after deducting the initial purchasers’ discounts, commissions and
offering expenses.
On December 4, 2017, we successfully closed on a follow-on public offering, in which the Company issued and
sold 4,096,600 shares of common stock at an issuance price of $35.00 per share. The Company received net proceeds of
$134.7 million after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions of $8.2 million as well as other offering
expenses of $0.5 million.
On July 14, 2017, we acquired Best Doctors. The purchase price was $445.5 million consisting of $379.4
million of cash and 1.9 million shares of Teladoc Health’s common stock valued at approximately $66.2 million.
On July 14, 2017 and concurrent with the consummation of the Best Doctors acquisition, we entered into a
Revolving Credit Facility of $10.0 million and a Term Loan Facility of $175.0 million which resulted in net proceeds of
$166.7 million after debt issuance related costs. The Term Loan Facility of $175.0 million was subsequently repaid in
conjunction with the December 4, 2017 offering described above.
On July 13, 2017, we repaid all the outstanding amounts under both the Sillicon Valley Bank Line of Credit
Facility for borrowings up to $25 million based on 300% of the Company’s monthly recurring revenue, as defined and
the $25 million of Mezzanine Term Loan of $17.5 million and $25 million, respectively, including early termination and
deferred origination fees of $1.5 million and accrued expense of $0.2 million.
In June 2017, we issued, at par value, $275 million aggregate principal amount of 3% convertible senior notes
due 2022. The 2022 Notes bear cash interest at a rate of 3% per year, payable semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and
December 15 of each year, beginning on December 15, 2017. The 2022 Notes will mature on December 15, 2022. The
net proceeds to the Company from the offering were $263.7 million after deducting the initial purchasers’ discounts and
commissions and the offering expenses.
In January 2017, we received $123.9 million of net cash proceeds associated with the issuance of 7,887,500
shares of common stock in conjunction with our January 2017 offering, after deducting underwriting discounts and
commissions of $7.6 million as well as other offering expenses of $0.6 million.
Our principal sources of liquidity were cash and cash equivalents totaling $514.4 million as of December 31,
2019. Our cash and cash equivalents are comprised of money market funds and marketable securities. Additionally, we
had short-term marketable securities of $2.7 million as of December 31, 2019.
Cash Provided by (Used in) Operating Activities
For the year ended December 31, 2019, cash provided by operating activities was $29.9 million. The positive
cash flows resulted primarily from our net loss of $98.9 million, offset by depreciation and amortization of
$45.0 million, allowance for doubtful accounts of $2.7 million, stock-based compensation of $66.7 million and accretion
of interest of $25.4 million. These items are partially offset by the impact of deferred income taxes of $10.9 million and
the effect of net changes in working capital and other balance sheet accounts resulting in cash outflows of approximately
$0.1 million.
62
For the year ended December 31, 2018, cash used in operating activities was $4.9 million. The negative cash
flows resulted primarily from our net loss of $97.1 million, partially offset by depreciation and amortization of
$35.6 million, allowance for doubtful accounts of $2.2 million, stock-based compensation of $43.8 million and accretion
of interest of $19.5 million. These items are partially offset by the impact of deferred income taxes of $2.2 million, gain
on sale of $5.5 million and the effect of net changes in working capital and other balance sheet accounts resulting in cash
outflows of approximately $1.2 million.
For the year ended December 31, 2017, cash used in operating activities was $34.4 million. The negative cash
flows resulted primarily from our net loss of $106.8 million, partially offset by depreciation and amortization of
$19.1 million, allowance for doubtful accounts of $1.7 million, stock-based compensation of $30.6 million, accretion of
interest of $6.4 million, amortization of warrants and extinguishment of debt of $14.1 million and the effect of net
changes in working capital and other balance sheet accounts resulting in cash inflows of approximately $0.8 million.
These items are partially offset by the impact of deferred income taxes of $0.3 million.
For the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to 2018, and for the year ended December 31, 2018 compared
to 2017, the increase in cash provided by (decrease in cash used in) operating activities primarily reflects the improving
leverage, after excluding certain non-cash expenses, from increased revenues, while maintaining a consistent level of
cost of revenue, to offset costs for strategic investments in personnel, technology and member engagement.
Cash Provided by (Used in) Investing Activities
Cash provided by investing activities was $25.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. Cash provided
by investing activities consisted of proceeds from short-term marktable securities of $52.1 million partially offset by the
purchase of property and equipment totaling $3.5 million, investments in internally developed capitalized software of
$7.4 million, investment in securities of $5.0 million and acquisition of businesses of $11.2 million.
Cash used in investing activities was $257.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. Cash used in
investing activities consisted of the acquisition of Advance Medical which represented payments of $282.4 million, the
purchase of property and equipment totaling $4.0 million and investments in internally developed capitalized software of
$4.4 million, offset by net proceeds from short-term marketable securities of $27.8 million and sale of assets of $5.5
million.
Cash used in investing activities was $448.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. Cash used in
investing activities consisted of the acquisition of Best Doctors which represented payments of $379.4 million, purchase
of short-term marketable securities of $63.5 million, net of sales, the purchase of property and equipment totaling $2.6
million and investments in internally developed capitalized software of $2.9 million.
Cash Provided by Financing Activities
Cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2019 was $35.1 million. Cash provided
by financing activities consisted of $33.3 million of proceeds from the exercise of employee stock options and $3.4
million of proceeds from participants in the employee stock purchase plan and partially offset by $1.6 million for
withholding taxes for stock-based awards.
Cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2018 was $645.6 million. Cash provided
by financing activities consisted of $279.2 million proceeds from the issuance of the 2025 Notes, $330.8 million of net
cash proceeds from the July 2018 Offering, $31.3 million of proceeds from the exercise of employee stock options, $2.6
million of proceeds from participants in the employee stock purchase plan and $1.7 million for withholding taxes for
stock-based awards.
Cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2017 was $475.4 million. Cash provided
by financing activities consisted of $263.7 million proceeds from the issuance of the Notes, $258.6 million of net cash
63
proceeds from our two follow-on offerings, $166.7 million borrowed under the Term Loan Facility, $10.8 million of
proceeds from the exercise of employee stock options and $2.2 million of proceeds from participants in the employee
stock purchase plan. Cash used in financing activities consisted of the repayment of $226.5 million for the Term Loan
Facility, the Revolving Advance Facility and the Amended and Restated Subordinated Promissory Note and $0.1 million
for withholding taxes for stock-based awards.
Looking Forward
At December 31, 2019, our cash and short-term investments were $517.1 million. During 2019 we experienced
positive Adjusted EBITDA and we anticipate increasing positive Adjusted EBITDA results for 2020.
We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents and short-term marketable securities will be sufficient to
meet our working capital and capital expenditure needs for at least the next 12 months. Our future capital requirements
will depend on many factors including our growth rate, contract renewal activity, number of visits, the timing and extent
of spending to support product development efforts, our expansion of sales and marketing activities, the introduction of
new and enhanced services offerings and the continuing market acceptance of telehealth. We may in the future enter into
arrangements to acquire or invest in complementary businesses, services and technologies and intellectual property
rights. We may be required to seek additional equity or debt financing. In the event that additional financing is required
from outside sources, we may not be able to raise it on terms acceptable to us or at all. If we are unable to raise
additional capital when desired, our business, financial condition and results of operations would be adversely affected.
Shelf Registration Statements
We filed a shelf registration statement on Form S-3 under the Securities Act on September 30, 2016, which was
declared effective October 5, 2016 (“the 2016 Shelf”). Under the 2016 Shelf at the time of effectiveness, we had the
ability to raise up to $300 million by selling common stock in addition to 2,000,000 shares of common stock eligible for
resale by certain existing shareholders.
In January 2017, we successfully closed on a follow-on offering off of the 2016 Shelf in which the Company
issued and sold 7,885,500 shares of common stock, including the exercise of an underwriter option to purchase
additional shares, and 1,600,000 shares offered by certain stockholders of the Company, at an issuance price of $16.75
per share. We received net proceeds of $123.9 million after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions of $7.6
million as well as other offering expenses of $0.6 million. We have approximately $168 million of common stock
remaining that could be sold by us under the 2016 Shelf, and 400,000 shares eligible for resale by certain existing
shareholders.
We filed an automatically effective shelf registration statement on Form S-3 under the Securities Act on
November 28, 2017 (the “2017 Shelf”). Under the 2017 Shelf at the time of effectiveness, we had the ability to raise up
to $175 million by selling common stock in addition to 1,200,000 shares of common stock eligible for resale by certain
shareholders.
In December 2017, we successfully closed on a follow-on offering off of the 2017 Shelf in which the Company
issued and sold 4,096,600 shares of common stock, including the exercise of an underwriter option to purchase
additional shares, and 830,000 shares offered by certain shareholders of the Company at an issuance price of $35.00 per
share. We received net proceeds of $134.7 million after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions of $8.2
million as well as other offering expenses of $0.5 million. We have approximately $32 million of common stock
remaining that could be sold by us under the 2017 Shelf, and 370,000 shares eligible for resale by certain shareholders.
We filed an automatically effective shelf registration statement on Form S-3 under the Securities Act on
July 23, 2018, (the “2018 Shelf”). Under the 2018 Shelf at the time of effectiveness we had the ability to sell various
types of securities described therein from time to time in amounts to be determined, in addition to common stock eligible
for resale by certain shareholders. In July 2018, we successfully closed on a follow-on offering off of the 2018 Shelf in
which the Company issued and sold 5,000,000 shares of common stock and 263,740 shares offered by certain
stockholders of the Company, at an issuance price of $66.28 per share. We received net proceeds of $330.3 million after
64
deducting offering expenses of $1.1 million.
Indebtedness
We entered into a $10.0 million Revolving Credit Facility in 2017. The Revolving Credit Facility is available
for working capital and other general corporate purposes. We have maintained the Revolving Credit Facility and, there
was no amount outstanding as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 other than the $2.2 million of letters of
credit issued for facility security deposits at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
On May 8, 2018, we issued, at par value, $287.5 million aggregate principal amount of 1.375% convertible
senior notes due 2025. The 2025 Notes bear cash interest at a rate of 1.375% per year, payable semi-annually in arrears
on May 15 and November 15 of each year. The 2025 Notes will mature on May 15, 2025. The net proceeds to us from
the offering were $279.1 million after deducting offering costs of approximately $8.4 million.
The 2025 Notes are senior unsecured obligations of ours and rank senior in right of payment to our indebtedness
that is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the 2025 Notes; equal in right of payment to our liabilities that are
not so subordinated; effectively junior in right of payment to any of our secured indebtedness to the extent of the value of
the assets securing such indebtedness; and structurally junior to all indebtedness and other liabilities incurred by our
subsidiaries.
In June 2017, we issued, at par value, $275 million aggregate principal amount of 3% convertible senior notes
due 2022. The 2022 Notes bear cash interest at a rate of 3% per year, payable semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and
December 15 of each year. The 2022 Notes will mature on December 15, 2022. The net proceeds to us from the offering
were $263.7 million after deducting offering costs of approximately $11.3 million.
The 2022 Notes are senior unsecured obligations of ours and rank senior in right of payment to our indebtedness
that is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the 2022 Notes; equal in right of payment to our liabilities that are
not so subordinated; effectively junior in right of payment to any of our secured indebtedness to the extent of the value of
the assets securing such indebtedness; and structurally junior to all indebtedness and other liabilities incurred by our
subsidiaries.
See Note 11, “Convertible Senior Notes” of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements of this Annual
Report on Form 10-K for additional information on the 2025 Notes and the 2022 Notes.
We were in compliance with all debt covenants at December 31, 2019 and 2018.
Contractual Obligations and Commitments
The following summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2019 (in thousands):
Less than
1 Year
Payment Due by Period
1 to 3
Years
4 to 5
Years
Total
More than
5 Years
Operating leases
Debt obligations under the Convertible Notes
Interest associated with the Convertible Notes
Total
Amounts may not add due to rounding.
$ 36,548 $ 7,030 $ 11,641 $ 9,858 $
8,019
287,500
1,483
$ 640,824 $ 19,233 $ 306,825 $ 17,764 $ 297,002
274,995
20,189
562,495
41,781
0
12,203
0
7,906
Our existing office and hosting co-location facilities lease agreements provide us with the option to renew and
generally provide for rental payments on a graduated basis. Our future operating lease obligations would change if we
entered into additional operating lease agreements as we expand our operations and if we exercised the office and
hosting co-location facilities lease options. The contractual commitment amounts in the table above are associated with
agreements that are enforceable and legally binding and that specify all significant terms, including fixed or minimum
services to be used, fixed, minimum or variable price provisions and the approximate timing of the transaction.
65
Obligations under contracts that we can cancel without a significant penalty are not included in the table above. For
abandoned facilities, the above contractual obligation schedule does not reflect any realized or potential sublease
revenue.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
During the periods presented, we did not have, nor do we currently have, any relationships with unconsolidated
entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, which
would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow
or limited purposes. We are therefore not exposed to the financing, liquidity, market or credit risk that could arise if we
had engaged in those types of relationships.
Recently Issued and Adopted Accounting Pronouncements
In December 2019, FASB issued ASU 2019-12 Simplification of Income Taxes (Topic 740) Income Taxes.
ASU 2019-12 simplifies the accounting for income taxes by removing certain exceptions to the general principles in
Topic 740. The amendments also improve consistent application of and simplify GAAP for other areas of Topic 740 by
clarifying and amending existing guidance. ASU 2019-12 is effective for public companies for annual periods beginning
after December 15, 2020, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The standard will apply as a cumulative-
effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the first reporting period in which the guidance is adopted.
We are in the process of evaluating the impact of the adoption of ASU 2019-12 on our consolidated financial statements
and disclosures.
In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04, Goodwill Simplifications (Topic 350). ASU 2017-04
simplifies the test for goodwill impairment. The new guidance eliminates Step 2 from the goodwill impairment test as
currently prescribed in the U.S. generally accepted accounting principle. This ASU is the result of the FASB project
focused on simplifications to accounting for goodwill. The new guidance has been adopted in the current period.
In June 2016, FASB issued ASU 2016-13 Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326) Measurement of
Credit Losses on Financial Instruments. ASU 2016-13 requires an entity to utilize a new impairment model known as the
current expected credit loss ("CECL") model to estimate its lifetime "expected credit loss" and record an allowance that,
when deducted from the amortized cost basis of the financial asset, presents the net amount expected to be collected on
the financial asset. The CECL model is expected to result in more timely recognition of credit losses. ASU 2016-13 also
requires new disclosures for financial assets measured at amortized cost, loans and available-for-sale debt securities.
ASU 2016-13 is effective for public companies for annual periods beginning after December 13, 2019, including interim
periods within those fiscal years. The standard will apply as a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the
beginning of the first reporting period in which the guidance is adopted. We are in the process of evaluating the impact
of the adoption of ASU 2016-13 on our consolidated financial statements and disclosures and expect the impact to be
immaterial.
In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). ASU 2016-02 outlines a comprehensive
lease accounting model and supersedes the current lease guidance. The new guidance requires lessees to recognize lease
liabilities and corresponding right-of-use assets for all leases with lease terms of greater than 12 months. It also changes
the definition of a lease and expands the disclosure requirements of lease arrangements. We adopted this standard on
January 1, 2019 utilizing the modified retrospective approach and reflecting a cumulative effect adjustment at that time.
Under this adoption method, prior periods are presented in accordance with the previous guidance in ASC 840, Leases.
In adopting the new standard, we elected to utilize the available package of practical expedients permitted under
the transition guidance within the new standard, which does not require the reassessment of the following: i) whether
existing or expired arrangements are or contain a lease, ii) the lease classification of existing or expired leases, and iii)
whether previous initial direct costs would qualify for capitalization under the new lease standard. Additionally, we made
an accounting policy election to keep leases with a term of 12 months or less off of its balance sheet. As part of its
adoption, we underwent a process of assessing the lease population and determining the impact of the adoption of this
standard which resulted in the recognition of operating lease liabilities of and right-of-use assets of approximately $34
66
million on our balance sheet relating to its leases on the consolidated financial statements. We determined the most
significant impact was the recognition of right of use assets and lease liabilities for operating leases on the consolidated
balance sheets and there was no impact on the consolidated statements of operations or consolidated statements of cash
flows. See Note 12 “Leases”, for further information.
Consolidated Quarterly Results of Operations
The following table sets forth our quarterly consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended
December 31, 2019 and 2018:
(in thousands, except net loss per share data)
1Q18
2Q18
3Q18
4Q18
1Q19
2Q19
3Q19
4Q19
Revenue
Expenses:
Cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and
amortization shown separately below)
Operating expenses:
Advertising and marketing
Sales
Technology and development
Legal and regulatory
Acquisition and integration related costs
Gain on sale
General and administrative
Depreciation and amortization
Total expenses
Loss from operations
Interest expense, net
Net loss before taxes
Income tax provision (benefit)
Net loss
GAAP Net Loss per Share
Weighted Average Common Shares Outstanding Used in
Computing GAAP Net Loss per Share - Basic and Diluted
$
$ 89,644 $ 94,560 $ 110,962 $ 122,741 $ 128,573 $ 130,276 $ 137,969 $ 156,489
26,856
27,684
34,167
40,028
44,677
41,634
42,799
55,355
20,325
13,783
12,904
1,045
1,569
0
24,001
8,253
108,736
19,561
14,559
14,348
639
5,800
(4,070)
26,140
8,046
112,707
21,668
16,303
13,577
807
1,588
(1,430)
30,314
9,746
126,740
23,555
14,509
13,544
1,490
1,434
0
36,461
9,557
140,578
26,404
16,212
15,987
1,586
1,012
0
35,982
9,600
151,460
26,616
15,832
16,665
2,019
1,136
0
38,549
9,848
152,299
31,321
16,120
15,746
1,634
1,995
0
38,681
9,617
157,913
25,356
16,751
16,246
1,523
2,477
0
44,482
9,887
172,077
(19,092)
4,873
(18,147)
6,910
(15,778)
7,666
(17,837)
6,663
(22,887)
6,521
(22,023)
7,211
(19,944)
7,700
(15,588)
7,581
(23,965)
(103)
(25,057)
22
(23,444)
(180)
(24,500)
379
(29,408)
742
(29,234)
90
(27,644)
(7,298)
(23,169)
(4,125)
(23,862)
(25,079)
(23,264)
(24,879)
(30,150)
(29,324)
(20,346)
(0.39) $
(0.40) $
(0.34) $
(0.35) $
(0.43) $
(0.41) $
(0.28) $
(19,044)
(0.26)
61,798
62,976
68,248
70,240
70,919
71,721
72,151
72,565
Note: We acquired Advance Medical on May 31, 2018 and MedecinDirect on April 30, 2019. The results of the
acquisitions were integrated within our existing business on the respective acquisition dates.
Amounts may not add due to rounding.
Regulatory Environment
Our operations are subject to comprehensive United States federal, state and local and comparable multiple
levels of international regulation in the jurisdictions in which we do business. The laws and rules governing our business
and interpretations of those laws and rules continue to expand and become more restrictive each year and are subject to
frequent change. Our ability to operate profitably will depend in part upon our ability, and that of our affiliated providers,
to maintain all necessary licenses and to operate in compliance with applicable laws and rules. Those laws and rules
continue to evolve, and we therefore devote significant resources to monitoring developments in healthcare and medical
practice regulation. As the applicable laws and rules change, we are likely to make conforming modifications in our
business processes from time to time. In many jurisdictions where we operate, neither our current nor our anticipated
business model has been the subject of judicial or administrative interpretation. We cannot be assured that a review of
our business by courts or regulatory authorities will not result in determinations that could adversely affect our
operations or that the healthcare regulatory environment will not change in a way that restricts our operations.
Telehealth Provider Licensing, Medical Practice, Certification and Related Laws and Guidelines
The practice of medicine, including the provision of behavioral health services, is subject to various federal,
state and local certification and licensing laws, regulations and approvals, relating to, among other things, the adequacy
of medical care, the practice of medicine (including the provision of remote care and cross coverage practice),
equipment, personnel, operating policies and procedures and the prerequisites for the prescription of medication. The
67
application of some of these laws to telehealth is unclear and subject to differing interpretation.
Physicians and behavioral health professionals who provide professional medical or behavioral health services to a
patient via telehealth must, in most instances, hold a valid license to practice medicine or to provide behavioral health
treatment in the state in which the patient is located. We have established systems for ensuring that our affiliated
physicians and behavioral health professionals are appropriately licensed under applicable state law and that their
provision of telehealth to our Members occurs in each instance in compliance with applicable rules governing telehealth.
Failure to comply with these laws and regulations could result in our services being found to be non reimbursable or
prior payments being subject to recoupments and can give rise to civil or criminal penalties.
U.S. Corporate Practice of Medicine; Fee Splitting
We contract with physicians or physician owned professional associations and professional corporations to
deliver our U.S. telehealth services to their patients. We frequently enter into management services contracts with these
physicians and physician owned professional associations and professional corporations pursuant to which we provide
them with billing, scheduling and a wide range of other services, and they pay us for those services out of the fees they
collect from patients and third-party payors. These contractual relationships are subject to various state laws, including
those of New York, Texas and California, that prohibit fee splitting or the practice of medicine by lay entities or persons
and are intended to prevent unlicensed persons from interfering with or influencing the physician’s professional
judgment. In addition, various state laws also generally prohibit the sharing of professional services income with
nonprofessional or business interests. Activities other than those directly related to the delivery of healthcare may be
considered an element of the practice of medicine in many states. Under the corporate practice of medicine restrictions of
certain states, decisions and activities such as scheduling, contracting, setting rates and the hiring and management of
non-clinical personnel may implicate the restrictions on the corporate practice of medicine.
State corporate practice of medicine and fee splitting laws vary from state to state and are not always consistent
among states. In addition, these requirements are subject to broad powers of interpretation and enforcement by state
regulators. Some of these requirements may apply to us even if we do not have a physical presence in the state, based
solely on our engagement of a provider licensed in the state or the provision of telehealth to a resident of the state.
However, regulatory authorities or other parties, including our providers, may assert that, despite these arrangements, we
are engaged in the corporate practice of medicine or that our contractual arrangements with affiliated physician groups
constitute unlawful fee splitting. In this event, failure to comply could lead to adverse judicial or administrative action
against us and/or our providers, civil or criminal penalties, receipt of cease and desist orders from state regulators, loss of
provider licenses, the need to make changes to the terms of engagement of our Providers that interfere with our business
and other materially adverse consequences.
U.S. Federal and State Fraud and Abuse Laws
Federal Stark Law
We are subject to the federal self-referral prohibitions, commonly known as the Stark Law. Where applicable,
this law prohibits a physician from referring Medicare patients to an entity providing “designated health services” if the
physician or a member of such physician’s immediate family has a “financial relationship” with the entity, unless an
exception applies. The penalties for violating the Stark Law include the denial of payment for services ordered in
violation of the statute, mandatory refunds of any sums paid for such services, civil penalties of up to $24,748 for each
violation and twice the dollar value of each such service and possible exclusion from future participation in the federally
funded healthcare programs. A person who engages in a scheme to circumvent the Stark Law’s prohibitions may be
fined up to $164,992 for each applicable arrangement or scheme. The Stark Law is a strict liability statute, which means
proof of specific intent to violate the law is not required. In addition, the government and some courts have taken the
position that claims presented in violation of the various statutes, including the Stark Law can be considered a violation
of the federal False Claims Act (described below) based on the contention that a provider impliedly certifies compliance
with all applicable laws, regulations and other rules when submitting claims for reimbursement. A determination of
liability under the Stark Law could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of
operations.
68
Federal Anti Kickback Statute
We are also subject to the federal Anti Kickback Statute. The Anti Kickback Statute is broadly worded and
prohibits the knowing and willful offer, payment, solicitation or receipt of any form of remuneration in return for, or to
induce, (i) the referral of a person covered by Medicare, Medicaid or other governmental programs, (ii) the furnishing or
arranging for the furnishing of items or services reimbursable under Medicare, Medicaid or other governmental programs
or (iii) the purchasing, leasing or ordering or arranging or recommending purchasing, leasing or ordering of any item or
service reimbursable under Medicare, Medicaid or other governmental programs. Certain federal courts have held that
the Anti Kickback Statute can be violated if “one purpose” of a payment is to induce referrals. In addition, a person or
entity does not need to have actual knowledge of this statute or specific intent to violate it to have committed a violation,
making it easier for the government to prove that a defendant had the requisite state of mind or “scienter” required for a
violation. Moreover, the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the
Anti Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the False Claims Act, as discussed below.
Violations of the Anti Kickback Statute can result in exclusion from Medicare, Medicaid or other governmental
programs as well as civil and criminal penalties, including fines of $100,000 per violation and three times the amount of
the unlawful remuneration, and imprisonment of up to ten years. Imposition of any of these remedies could have a
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition to a few statutory
exceptions, the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services Office of Inspector General, or OIG, has published safe-
harbor regulations that outline categories of activities that are deemed protected from prosecution under the Anti
Kickback Statute provided all applicable criteria are met. The failure of a financial relationship to meet all of the
applicable safe harbor criteria does not necessarily mean that the particular arrangement violates the Anti Kickback
Statute. However, conduct and business arrangements that do not fully satisfy each applicable safe harbor may result in
increased scrutiny by government enforcement authorities, such as the OIG.
False Claims Act
Both federal and state government agencies have continued civil and criminal enforcement efforts as part of
numerous ongoing investigations of healthcare companies and their executives and managers. Although there are a
number of civil and criminal statutes that can be applied to healthcare providers, a significant number of these
investigations involve the federal False Claims Act. These investigations can be initiated not only by the government but
also by a private party asserting direct knowledge of fraud. These “qui tam” whistleblower lawsuits may be initiated
against any person or entity alleging such person or entity has knowingly or recklessly presented, or caused to be
presented, a false or fraudulent request for payment from the federal government, or has made a false statement or used a
false record to get a claim approved. In addition, the improper retention of an overpayment for 60 days or more is also a
basis for a False Claim Act action, even if the claim was originally submitted appropriately. Penalties for False Claims
Act violations include fines ranging from $11,463 to $22,927 for each false claim, plus up to three times the amount of
damages sustained by the federal government. A False Claims Act violation may provide the basis for exclusion from the
federally funded healthcare programs. In addition, some states have adopted similar fraud, whistleblower and false
claims provisions.
State Fraud and Abuse Laws
Several states in which we operate have also adopted similar fraud and abuse laws as described above. The
scope of these laws and the interpretations of them vary from state to state and are enforced by state courts and
regulatory authorities, each with broad discretion. Some state fraud and abuse laws apply to items or services reimbursed
by any payor, including patients and commercial insurers, not just those reimbursed by a federally funded healthcare
program. A determination of liability under such state fraud and abuse laws could result in fines and penalties and
restrictions on our ability to operate in these jurisdictions.
Other Healthcare Laws
The federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as amended by the Health Information
Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, or HITECH, and their implementing regulations, which we
collectively refer to as HIPAA, established several separate criminal penalties for making false or fraudulent claims to
69
insurance companies and other non-governmental payors of healthcare services. Under HIPAA, these two additional
federal crimes are: “Healthcare Fraud” and “False Statements Relating to Healthcare Matters.” The Healthcare Fraud
statute prohibits knowingly and recklessly executing a scheme or artifice to defraud any healthcare benefit program,
including private payors. A violation of this statute is a felony and may result in fines, imprisonment or exclusion from
government sponsored programs. The False Statements Relating to Healthcare Matters statute prohibits knowingly and
willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact by any trick, scheme or device or making any materially
false, fictitious or fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or
services. A violation of this statute is a felony and may result in fines or imprisonment. This statute could be used by the
government to assert criminal liability if a healthcare provider knowingly fails to refund an overpayment. These
provisions are intended to punish some of the same conduct in the submission of claims to private payors as the federal
False Claims Act covers in connection with governmental health programs.
In addition, the Civil Monetary Penalties Law imposes civil administrative sanctions for, among other
violations, inappropriate billing of services to federally funded healthcare programs and employing or contracting with
individuals or entities who are excluded from participation in federally funded healthcare programs. Moreover, a person
who offers or transfers to a Medicare or Medicaid beneficiary any remuneration, including waivers of co payments and
deductible amounts (or any part thereof), that the person knows or should know is likely to influence the beneficiary’s
selection of a particular provider, practitioner or supplier of Medicare or Medicaid payable items or services may be
liable for civil monetary penalties of up to $20,000 for each wrongful act. Moreover, in certain cases, providers who
routinely waive copayments and deductibles for Medicare and Medicaid beneficiaries can also be held liable under the
Anti Kickback Statute and civil False Claims Act, which can impose additional penalties associated with the wrongful
act. One of the statutory exceptions to the prohibition is non-routine, unadvertised waivers of copayments or deductible
amounts based on individualized determinations of financial need or exhaustion of reasonable collection efforts. The
OIG emphasizes, however, that this exception should only be used occasionally to address special financial needs of a
particular patient. Although this prohibition applies only to federal healthcare program beneficiaries, the routine waivers
of copayments and deductibles offered to patients covered by commercial payers may implicate applicable state laws
related to, among other things, unlawful schemes to defraud, excessive fees for services, tortious interference with
patient contracts and statutory or common law fraud.
Foreign and U.S. State and Federal Health Information Privacy and Security Laws
There are numerous U.S. federal and state laws and regulations related to the privacy and security of personally
identifiable information, or PII, including health information. In particular, HIPAA establishes privacy and security
standards that limit the use and disclosure of protected health information, or PHI, and require the implementation of
administrative, physical, and technical safeguards to ensure the confidentiality, integrity and availability of individually
identifiable health information in electronic form. Teladoc Health, our Providers and our health plan Clients are all
regulated as covered entities under HIPAA. Since the effective date of the HIPAA Omnibus Final Rule on September 23,
2013, HIPAA’s requirements are also directly applicable to the independent contractors, agents and other “business
associates” of covered entities that create, receive, maintain or transmit PHI in connection with providing services to
covered entities. Although we are a covered entity under HIPAA, we are also a business associate of other covered
entities when we are working on behalf of our affiliated medical groups.
Violations of HIPAA may result in civil and criminal penalties. The civil penalties range from $114 to $57,051
per violation, with a cap of $1.7 million per year for violations of the same standard during the same calendar year.
However, a single breach incident can result in violations of multiple standards. We must also comply with HIPAA’s
breach notification rule. Under the breach notification rule, covered entities must notify affected individuals without
unreasonable delay in the case of a breach of unsecured PHI, which may compromise the privacy, security or integrity of
the PHI. In addition, notification must be provided to the HHS and the local media in cases where a breach affects more
than 500 individuals. Breaches affecting fewer than 500 individuals must be reported to HHS on an annual basis. The
regulations also require business associates of covered entities to notify the covered entity of breaches by the business
associate.
State attorneys general also have the right to prosecute HIPAA violations committed against residents of their
states. While HIPAA does not create a private right of action that would allow individuals to sue in civil court for a
HIPAA violation, its standards have been used as the basis for the duty of care in state civil suits, such as those for
70
negligence or recklessness in misusing personal information. In addition, HIPAA mandates that HHS conduct periodic
compliance audits of HIPAA covered entities and their business associates for compliance. It also tasks HHS with
establishing a methodology whereby harmed individuals who were the victims of breaches of unsecured PHI may
receive a percentage of the Civil Monetary Penalty fine paid by the violator. In light of the HIPAA Omnibus Final Rule,
recent enforcement activity, and statements from HHS, we expect increased federal and state HIPAA privacy and
security enforcement efforts.
HIPAA also required HHS to adopt national standards establishing electronic transaction standards that all
healthcare providers must use when submitting or receiving certain healthcare transactions electronically.
Many states in which we operate and in which our patients reside also have laws that protect the privacy and
security of sensitive and personal information, including health information. These laws may be similar to or even more
protective than HIPAA and other federal privacy laws. For example, the laws of the State of California, in which we
operate, are more restrictive than HIPAA. Where state laws are more protective than HIPAA, we must comply with the
state laws we are subject to, in addition to HIPAA. In certain cases, it may be necessary to modify our planned
operations and procedures to comply with these more stringent state laws. Not only may some of these state laws impose
fines and penalties upon violators, but also some, unlike HIPAA, may afford private rights of action to individuals who
believe their personal information has been misused. In addition, state laws are changing rapidly, and there is discussion
of a new federal privacy law or federal breach notification law, to which we may be subject.
In addition to HIPAA, state health information privacy and state health information privacy laws, we may be
subject to other state and federal privacy laws, including laws that prohibit unfair privacy and security practices and
deceptive statements about privacy and security and laws that place specific requirements on certain types of activities,
such as data security and texting.
In recent years, there have been a number of well publicized data breaches involving the improper use and
disclosure of PII and PHI. Many states have responded to these incidents by enacting laws requiring holders of personal
information to maintain safeguards and to take certain actions in response to a data breach, such as providing prompt
notification of the breach to affected individuals and state officials. In addition, under HIPAA and pursuant to the related
contracts that we enter into with our business associates, we must report breaches of unsecured PHI to our contractual
partners following discovery of the breach. Notification must also be made in certain circumstances to affected
individuals, federal authorities and others.
We are also subject to laws and regulations in non-U.S. countries covering data privacy and the protection of
health-related and other personal information. EU member states and other jurisdictions have adopted data protection
laws and regulations, which impose significant compliance obligations. Laws and regulations in these jurisdictions apply
broadly to the collection, use, storage, disclosure, processing and security of personal information that identifies or may
be used to identify an individual, such as names, contact information and sensitive personal data such as health data.
These laws and regulations are subject to frequent revisions and differing interpretations, and have generally become
more stringent over time.
As of May 25, 2018, the GDPR replaced the Data Protection Directive with respect to the processing of
personal data in the European Union. The GDPR imposes many requirements for controllers and processors of personal
data, including, for example, higher standards for obtaining consent from individuals to process their personal data, more
robust disclosures to individuals and a strengthened individual data rights regime, shortened timelines for data breach
notifications, limitations on retention and secondary use of information, increased requirements pertaining to health data
and pseudonymized (i.e., key-coded) data and additional obligations when we contract third-party processors in
connection with the processing of personal data. The GDPR allows EU member states to make additional laws and
regulations further limiting the processing of genetic, biometric or health data. Failure to comply with the requirements
of GDPR and the applicable national data protection laws of the EU member states may result in fines of up to
€20,000,000 or up to 4% of the total worldwide annual turnover of the preceding financial year, whichever is higher, and
other administrative penalties.
We are also subject to EU laws on data export, as we may transfer personal data from the EU to other
jurisdictions. These obligations may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent from one jurisdiction to
another and may conflict with other requirements or our practices. In addition, these rules are constantly under scrutiny.
71
For example, following a decision of the Court of Justice of the European Union in October 2015, transferring personal
data to U.S. companies that had certified as Members of the U.S. Safe Harbor Scheme was declared invalid. In July 2016
the European Commission adopted the U.S.-EU Privacy Shield Framework which replaces the Safe Harbor Scheme.
However, this Framework is under review and there is currently litigation challenging other EU mechanisms for
adequate data transfers (i.e., the standard contractual clauses). It is uncertain whether the Privacy Shield Framework
and/or the standard contractual clauses will be similarly invalidated by the European courts.
International Regulation
We expect to continue to expand our operations in foreign countries through both organic growth and
acquisitions. Our international operations are subject to different, and sometimes more stringent, legal and regulatory
requirements, which vary widely by jurisdiction, including anti-corruption laws; economic sanctions laws; various
privacy, insurance, tax, tariff and trade laws and regulations; corporate governance, privacy, data protection (including
the EU’s General Data Protection Regulation which will apply across the EU effective May 2018), data mining, data
transfer, labor and employment, intellectual property, consumer protection and investment laws and regulations;
discriminatory licensing procedures; required localization of records and funds; and limitations on dividends and
repatriation of capital. In addition, the expansion of our operations into foreign countries increases our exposure to the
anti-bribery, anti-corruption and anti-money laundering provisions of U.S. law, including the Foreign Corrupt Practices
Act (“FCPA”), and corresponding foreign laws, including the U.K. Bribery Act 2010 (the “UK Bribery Act”).
The FCPA prohibits offering, promising or authorizing others to give anything of value to a foreign government
official to obtain or retain business or otherwise secure a business advantage. We also are subject to applicable anti-
corruption laws of the jurisdictions in which we operate. Violations of the FCPA and other anti-corruption laws may
result in severe criminal and civil sanctions as well as other penalties, and the SEC and the DOJ have increased their
enforcement activities with respect to the FCPA. The UK Bribery Act is an anti-corruption law that is broader in scope
than the FCPA and applies to all companies with a nexus to the United Kingdom. Disclosures of FCPA violations may
be shared with the UK authorities, thus potentially exposing companies to liability and potential penalties in multiple
jurisdictions. We have internal control policies and procedures and conduct training and compliance programs for our
employees to deter prohibited practices. However, if our employees or agents fail to comply with applicable laws
governing our international operations, we may face investigations, prosecutions and other legal proceedings and actions
which could result in civil penalties, administrative remedies and criminal sanctions.
We also are subject to regulation by the U.S. Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”). OFAC
administers and enforces economic and trade sanctions based on U.S. foreign policy and national security goals against
targeted foreign countries and regimes, terrorists, international narcotics traffickers, those engaged in activities related to
the proliferation of weapons of mass destruction, and other threats to the national security, foreign policy or economy of
the United States. In addition, we may be subject to similar regulations in the non-U.S. jurisdictions in which we operate.
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Interest Rate Risk and Foreign Exchange Risk
We do not have any floating rate debt under our Revolving Credit Facility as of December 31, 2019. Cash
equivalents that are subject to interest rate volatility represent our principal market risk. We do not expect cash flows to
be affected to any significant degree by a sudden change in market interest rates.
We operate our business primarily within the United States and currently execute approximately 80% of our
transactions in U.S. dollars. We have not utilized hedging strategies with respect to such foreign exchange exposure.
This limited foreign currency translation risk is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial
statements.
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Our Consolidated Financial Statements are listed in the Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and
Financial Statement Schedule filed as part of this Form 10-K.
72
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
None.
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures
In designing and evaluating our disclosure controls and procedures, management recognizes that any controls
and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the
desired control objectives and management necessarily applies its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of
possible controls and procedures.
Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, evaluated,
as of the end of the period covered by this Form 10-K, the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as
defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act). Based on that evaluation, our Chief Executive
Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective at the
reasonable assurance level as of December 31, 2019.
Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial
reporting, as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Our internal control system
is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the preparation and fair presentation of published financial
statements.
Our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, assessed the
effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019. In making this assessment,
management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission
(COSO) in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013 framework). Based on this assessment, management, including
our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, concluded that we maintained effective internal control
over financial reporting at the reasonable assurance level as of December 31, 2019.
No changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under
the Exchange Act) occurred during the year ended December 31, 2019 that have materially affected, or are reasonably
likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, is appointed by the Board of Directors and
ratified by our Company’s shareholders. They were engaged to render an opinion regarding the fair presentation of our
consolidated financial statements as well as conducting an audit of internal control cover financial reporting. Their
accompanying reports are based upon audits conducted in accordance with the standards of the Public Company
Accounting Oversight Board (United States).
February 26, 2020
73
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of Teladoc Health, Inc.
Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
We have audited Teladoc Health, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019, based on criteria
established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the
Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). In our opinion, Teladoc Health, Inc. (the Company)
maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019, based on
the COSO criteria.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United
States) (PCAOB), the consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the related
consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, stockholders’ equity (deficit) and cash flows for each of the
three years in the period ended December 31, 2019, and the related notes and financial statement schedule listed in the
Index at Item 15(a) (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”) and our report dated February 26,
2020 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
Basis for Opinion
The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its
assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s
Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal
control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are
required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the
applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform
the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained
in all material respects.
Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material
weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed
risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit
provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies
and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the
transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded
as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles,
and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management
and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of
unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial
statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also,
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
New York, New York
February 26, 2020
74
Item 9B. Other Information
None.
75
PART III
Information required by Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14 of Part III is omitted from this Annual Report and will be
filed in a definitive proxy statement or by an amendment to this Annual Report not later than 120 days after the end of
the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report.
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
We will provide information that is responsive to this Item 10 in our definitive proxy statement or in an
amendment to this Annual Report not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report,
in either case under the captions “Directors and Executive Officers” and “Corporate Governance” and possibly
elsewhere therein. That information is incorporated in this Item 10 by reference.
Item 11. Executive Compensation
We will provide information that is responsive to this Item 11 in our definitive proxy statement or in an
amendment to this Annual Report not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report,
in either case under the caption “Executive Compensation,” and possibly elsewhere therein. That information is
incorporated in this Item 11 by reference.
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
We will provide information that is responsive to this Item 12 in our definitive proxy statement or in an
amendment to this Annual Report not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report,
in either case under the caption “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related
Stockholder Matters,” and possibly elsewhere therein. That information is incorporated in this Item 12 by reference.
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
We will provide information that is responsive to this Item 13 in our definitive proxy statement or in an
amendment to this Annual Report not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report,
in either case under the caption “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions,” and possibly elsewhere therein. That
information is incorporated in this Item 13 by reference.
Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services
We will provide information that is responsive to this Item 14 in our definitive proxy statement or in an
amendment to this Annual Report not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report,
in either case under the caption “Services and Fees of Ernst & Young,” and possibly elsewhere therein. That information
is incorporated in this Item 14 by reference.
76
Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
PART IV
A list of exhibits is set forth on the Exhibit Index immediately following the signature page of this Form 10-K,
and is incorporated herein by reference.
(a) (1) The Registrant’s financial statements together with a separate table of contents are annexed hereto
(2) Financial Statement Schedules are listed in the separate table of contents annexed hereto.
Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts Receivable (in thousands):
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2019
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2018
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2017
Amounts may not add due to rounding.
Income Taxes Valuation Allowance (in thousands):
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2019
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2018
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2017
Amounts may not add due to rounding.
Balance at
Beginning
Write-offs Other
of Period
4
$ (2,263) $
3,382
$
(20)
2,422
$
$ (1,441) $
189
2,422 $ 1,731 $ (1,920) $
$
Provision
$ 2,664
$ 2,421
Balance at
End
of Period
3,787
$
3,382
$
2,422
$
Balance at
Beginning
of Period Provision Write-offs Other
of Period
$ 93,572 $ 36,124 $
$ 121,186
$ 73,786 $ 41,093 $ (1,036) $ (20,271) $ 93,572
0 $ (25,623) $ 73,786
$ 71,202 $ 28,207 $
0 $ (8,510)
Balance at
End
All other schedules are omitted as the required information is inapplicable or the information is presented in the
consolidated financial statements and notes thereto in Item 8 above.
(3) Exhibits
Unless otherwise indicated, each of the following exhibits has been previously filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission by the Company under File No. 001-37477.
Item 16. Form 10-K Summary
Not applicable.
77
Exhibit
Number
2.1
Exhibit Index
Exhibit Description
Form
File No.
Exhibit
Filing
Date
Filed
Herewith
Incorporated by Reference
Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated January 11,
2020, by and among Teladoc Health, Inc., Jonata
Sub One, Inc., Jonata Sub Two, Inc., InTouch
Technologies, Inc. and Fortis Advisors LLC, as
equity holder representative.
8-K
001-37477
2.1
1/13/20
3.1
Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of
8-K
001-37477
3.1
5/31/17
Incorporation of Teladoc Health, Inc.
3.2
Certificate of Amendment of Sixth Amended and
Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Teladoc,
Inc.
8-K
001-37477
3.1
6/01/18
3.3
Second Certificate of Amendment of Sixth
8-K
001-37477
3.1
8/10/18
Amended and Restated Certificate of
Incorporation of Teladoc Health, Inc.
3.4
Fourth Amended and Restated Bylaws of Teladoc
8-K
001-37477
3.1
2/25/19
Health, Inc.
4.1
Specimen stock certificate evidencing shares of
10-Q
001-37477
4.1
11/1/18
the common stock.
4.2
Indenture, dated as of June 27, 2017, by and
between Teladoc Health, Inc. and Wilmington
Trust, National Association.
8-K
001-37477
4.1
6/29/17
4.3
Global 3.00% Convertible Senior Note due 2022,
8-K
001-37477
4.2
6/29/17
dated as of June 27, 2017.
4.4
Indenture, dated as of May 8, 2018, by and
between Teladoc, Inc. and Wilmington Trust,
National Association.
8-K
001-37477
4.1
5/08/17
4.5
Global 1.375% Convertible Senior Note due 2025,
8-K
001-37477
4.2
5/08/17
dated as of May 8, 2018.
4.6
Description of Securities Registered under Section
12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended
*
10.1
Form of Indemnification Agreement.
S-1/A
333-204577 10.7
6/18/15
10.2
Teladoc Health, Inc. 2015 Incentive Award Plan
8-K
001-37477
10.1
5/31/17
(as amended and restated effective May 25, 2017).
10.3
Form of Stock Option Agreement under the
S-1/A
333-204577 10.11 6/18/15
Teladoc Health, Inc. 2015 Incentive Award Plan.
78
10.4
Form of Restricted Stock Agreement under the
S-1/A
333-204577 10.12 6/18/15
Teladoc Health, Inc. 2015 Incentive Award Plan.
10.5
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under
the Teladoc Health, Inc. 2015 Incentive Award
Plan.
S-1/A
333-204577 10.13 6/18/15
10.6
Form of Performance Restricted Stock Unit
10-Q
001-37477
10.9 4/30/19
Agreement under the Teladoc Health, Inc. 2015
Incentive Award Plan.
10.7
Teladoc Inc. Second Amended and Restated Stock
S-1/A
333-204577 10.8 6/11/15
Incentive Plan.
10.8
First Amendment to Teladoc Health, Inc. Second
Amended and Restated Stock Incentive Plan.
S-1/A
333-204577 10.8.1 6/15/15
10.9
Second Amendment to Teladoc Health, Inc.
S-1/A
333-204577 10.8.2 6/15/15
Second Amended and Restated Stock Incentive
Plan.
10.10
Form of Stock Option Agreement under the
Teladoc Health, Inc. Second Amended and
Restated Stock Incentive Plan.
S-1/A
333-204577 10.9 6/11/15
10.11
Teladoc Health, Inc. 2015 Employee Stock
S-1/A
333-204577 10.14 6/18/15
Purchase Plan.
10.12
Teladoc Health, Inc. 2017 Employment Inducement Incentive
Award Plan (as amended on July 11, 2017).
S-8
333-219275 99.3
7/14/17
10.13
Form of Stock Option Agreement under the Teladoc Health,
Inc. 2017 Employment Inducement Incentive Award Plan.
10-K
001-37477
10.17 3/01/17
10.14
10.15
Form of Restricted Stock Agreement under the Teladoc
Health, Inc. 2017 Employment Inducement Incentive Award
Plan.
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under the Teladoc
Health, Inc. 2017 Employment Inducement Incentive Award
Plan.
10.16
Teladoc Health, Inc. Non-Employee Director
Compensation Program (as amended).
10-K
001-37477
10.18 3/01/17
10-K
001-37477
10.19 3/01/17
*
10.17
Teladoc Health, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan
10-K
001-37477
10.8
2/27/18
for Non-Employee Directors.
10.18
Amended and Restated Executive Employment
S-1/A
333-204577 10.19 6/18/15
Agreement, dated June 16, 2015, by and between
Teladoc Health, Inc. and Jason Gorevic.
10.19
Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated
Executive Employment Agreement, dated
October 29, 2019, by and between Teladoc
Health, Inc. and Jason Gorevic.
10-Q
001-37477
10.2
10/30/19
79
10.20
Executive Severance Agreement, dated July 17,
2017, by and between Teladoc Health, Inc. and
Peter McClennen.
10-K
001-37477
10.12 2/27/18
10.21
Amendment No. 1 to Executive Severance
10-K
001-37477
10.13 2/27/18
Agreement, dated November 1, 2017, by and
between Teladoc Health, Inc. and Peter
McClennen.
10.22
Executive Severance Agreement, dated June 24,
2019, by and between Teladoc Health, Inc. and
Mala Murthy.
10.23
Amendment No. 1 to Executive Severance
Agreement, dated October 29, 2019, by and
between Teladoc Health, Inc. and Mala Murthy.
10.24
Executive Severance Agreement, dated July 15,
2015, by and between Teladoc Health, Inc. and
Adam Vandervoort.
10.25
Amendment No. 1 to Executive Severance
Agreement, dated October 29, 2019, by and
between Teladoc Health, Inc. and Adam
Vandervoort.
10-Q
001-37477
10.1
7/31/19
10-Q
001-37477
10.5
10/30/19
10-Q
001-37477
10.17 4/30/19
10-Q
001-37477
10.8
10/30/19
10.26
Executive Severance Agreement, dated January 4,
2016, by and between Teladoc Health, Inc. and
Stephany Verstraete.
10-Q
001-37477
10.18 4/30/19
10.27
Amendment No. 1 to Executive Severance
Agreement, dated October 29, 2019, by and
between Teladoc Health, Inc. and Stephany
Verstraete.
10.28
Executive Severance Agreement, dated July 30,
2019, by and between Teladoc Health, Inc. and
David Sides.
10.29
Amendment No. 1 to Executive Severance
Agreement, dated October 29, 2019, by and
between Teladoc Health, Inc. and David Sides.
10.30
Executive Severance Agreement, dated
February 20, 2018, by and between Teladoc
Health, Inc. and Michelle Bucaria.
10.31
Amendment No. 1 to Executive Severance
Agreement, dated October 29, 2019, by and
between Teladoc Health, Inc. and Michelle
Bucaria.
10-Q
001-37477
10.9
10/30/19
*
*
10-Q
001-37477
10.6
10/30/19
10-Q
001-37477
10.3
10/30/19
80
10.32
Executive Severance Agreement, dated
August 30, 2017, by and between Teladoc Health,
Inc. and Lewis Levy.
10.33
Amendment No. 1 to Executive Severance
Agreement, dated October 29, 2019, by and
between Teladoc Health, Inc. and Lewis Levy.
10.34
Executive Severance Agreement, dated July 15,
2015, by and between Teladoc Health, Inc. and
Andrew Turitz.
10.35
Amendment No. 1 to Executive Severance
Agreement, dated October 29, 2019, by and
between Teladoc Health, Inc. and Andrew Turitz.
10-Q
001-37477
10.4
10/30/19
10-Q
001-37477
10.7
10/30/19
10.36
Credit Agreement, dated as of July 14, 2017, by
8-K
001-37477
10.1
7/18/17
8-K
001-37477
10.1
5/02/18
and among Teladoc Health, Inc., as Borrower, the
Lenders from time to time party thereto, Jefferies
Finance LLC, as Administrative Agent and
Collateral Agent, and Jefferies Finance LLC, as
Sole Lead Arranger and Bookrunner.
10.37
Amendment No. 2 to Credit Agreement by and
among Teladoc, Inc., Jefferies Finance LLC, as
administrative agent and issuing bank, and the
lenders party thereto, dated as of April 30, 2018.
21.1
Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
23.1
Consents of Ernst & Young, LLP, Independent
Registered Public Accounting Firm
31.1
Chief Executive Officer—Certification pursuant
to Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted
pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley
Act of 2002.
31.2
Chief Accounting Officer—Certification pursuant
to Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted
pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley
Act of 2002.
32.1
Chief Executive Officer—Certification pursuant
to Rule13a-14(b) or Rule 15d-14(b) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and 18 U.S.C.
Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906
of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
81
*
*
*
*
*
*
**
32.2
Chief Accounting Officer—Certification pursuant
to Rule 13a-14(b) or Rule 15d-14(b) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and 18 U.S.C.
Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906
of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
101.INS XBRL Instance Document.
101.SCH XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.
101.CAL XBRL Taxonomy Calculation Linkbase
Document.
101.DEF XBRL Definition Linkbase Document.
101.LAB XBRL Taxonomy Label Linkbase Document.
101.PRE XBRL Taxonomy Presentation Linkbase
Document.
104
Cover Page Interactive Data File – The Cover
page interactive data file does not appear in the
Interactive Data File because its XBRL tags are
embedded within the Inline XBRL document
* Filed herewith.
** Furnished herewith.
**
*
*
*
*
*
*
82
Signatures
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report
to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.
TELADOC HEALTH, INC.
Date: February 26, 2020
Date: February 26, 2020
Date: February 26, 2020
Date: February 26, 2020
Date: February 26, 2020
Date: February 26, 2020
Date: February 26, 2020
Date: February 26, 2020
Date: February 26, 2020
Date: February 26, 2020
Date: February 26, 2020
Date: February 26, 2020
/s/ JASON GOREVIC
Jason Gorevic
Chief Executive Officer
/s/ MALA MURTHY
Mala Murthy
Chief Financial Officer
/s/ DAVID B. SNOW, JR.
David B. Snow, Jr.
Chairman
/s/ HELEN DARLING
Helen Darling
Director
/s/ WILLIAM H. FRIST, M.D.
William H. Frist, M.D.
Director
/s/ MICHAEL GOLDSTEIN
Michael Goldstein
Director
/s/ BRIAN MCANDREWS
Brian McAndrews
Director
/s/ THOMAS G. MCKINLEY
Thomas G. McKinley
Director
/s/ ARNEEK MULTANI
Arneek Multani
Director
/s/ KENNETH PAULUS
Kenneth Paulus
Director
/s/ DAVID SHEDLARZ
David Shedlarz
Director
/s/ MARK DOUGLAS SMITH
Mark Douglas Smith
Director
By:
Name:
Title:
By:
Name:
Title:
By:
Name:
Title:
By:
Name:
Title:
By:
Name:
Title:
By:
Name:
Title:
By:
Name:
Title:
By:
Name:
Title:
By:
Name:
Title:
By:
Name:
Title:
By:
Name:
Title:
By:
Name:
Title:
83
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTAL DATA
1. Audited Consolidated Financial Statements of Teladoc Health, Inc.
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Balance Sheets
Consolidated Statements of Operations
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Notes to Audited Consolidated Financial Statements
2. Supplemental Financial Data:
The following supplemental financial data of the Registrant required to be included in Item 15(a)(2) on
Form-10K are listed below:
Schedule II – Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
Page
F-2
F-4
F-5
F-6
F-7
F-8
F-9
77
F-1
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of Teladoc Health, Inc.
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Teladoc Health, Inc. (the Company) as of
December 31, 2019 and 2018, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, stockholders’
equity (deficit) and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019, and the related notes
and financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a) (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial
statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial
position of the Company at December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of
the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting
principles.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United
States) (PCAOB), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019, based on criteria
established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the
Treadway Commission (2013 framework) and our report dated February 26, 2020 expressed an unqualified opinion
thereon.
Basis for Opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the
PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities
laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and
perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material
misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those
risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the
financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made
by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits
provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Critical Audit Matter
The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the financial statements
that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relates to accounts or
disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective or
complex judgments. The communication of the critical audit matter does not alter in any way our opinion on the
consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below,
providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.
Accounting for performance-based restricted stock awards
Description of the
Matter
As discussed in Notes 2 and 13 of the consolidated financial statements, the Company grants stock-
based awards to their employees as compensation for their service. Certain awards include
performance conditions that only vest if those conditions are met, and the quantity of awards received
can range based on the level performance achieved. In 2019, the Company had 512,482 such awards
outstanding, and recorded stock-based compensation expense related to these awards of $14.6
million.
Auditing the accounting for performance-based restricted stock awards was especially complex and
F-2
How We
Addressed the
Matter in Our
Audit
challenging based on the evaluation of the unique terms of the awards. In particular, judgment was
required to evaluate the nature of the multi-year performance conditions, as well as to assess the
satisfaction of the performance targets.
We obtained an understanding, evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of
controls over the Company’s process for determining stock-based compensation expense, including
testing management’s review controls over the identification of the terms of the performance
conditions and the key inputs used in determining the outcome of each performance condition.
We assessed the appropriateness of judgments made by management in determining key assumptions
related to the awards, such as service inception date based on the multi-year performance conditions.
We tested the accuracy of the data used in measuring the awards by agreeing the underlying inputs,
such as grant date, grant price, performance targets and vesting terms, among others, back to source
documents, such as compensation meeting minutes or award letters. We determined whether
performance targets were satisfied in accordance with the contractual conditions, and recalculated
grant date fair value by multiplying the earned quantity of awards by the grant price. We also
evaluated the adequacy of the Company’s stock-based compensation disclosures included in Notes
2 and 13 in relation to these matters.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2014.
New York, New York
February 26, 2020
F-3
TELADOC HEALTH, INC.
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(in thousands, except share and per share data)
December 31,
2019
December 31,
2018
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents
Short-term investments
Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $3,787 and $3,382, respectively
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Total current assets
Property and equipment, net
Goodwill
Intangible assets, net
Operating lease - right-of-use assets
Other assets
Total assets
Liabilities and stockholders’ equity
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
Accrued compensation
Total current liabilities
Other liabilities
Operating lease liabilities, net of current portion
Deferred taxes
Convertible senior notes, net
Commitments and contingencies
Stockholders’ equity:
$
514,353 $
2,711
56,948
13,990
588,002
10,296
746,079
225,453
26,452
6,545
423,989
54,545
43,571
10,631
532,736
10,148
737,197
247,394
0
1,401
$ 1,602,827 $ 1,528,876
$
9,075 $
49,848
31,258
90,181
11,539
24,994
21,678
440,410
7,769
26,801
27,869
62,439
6,191
0
32,444
414,683
Common stock, $0.001 par value; 150,000,000 shares authorized as of
December 31, 2019 and 2018; 72,761,941 shares and 70,516,249 shares issued
and outstanding as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively
Additional paid-in capital
Accumulated deficit
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
Total stockholders’ equity
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
73
1,538,716
(507,525)
(17,239)
1,014,025
70
1,434,780
(408,661)
(13,070)
1,013,119
$ 1,602,827 $ 1,528,876
See accompanying notes to audited consolidated financial statements.
Amounts may not add due to rounding.
F-4
TELADOC HEALTH, INC.
Consolidated Statements of Operations
(in thousands, except share and per share data)
2019
553,307 $
Year Ended December 31,
2018
417,907 $
2017
233,279
$
Revenue
Expenses:
Cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown
separately below)
Operating expenses:
Advertising and marketing
Sales
Technology and development
Legal and regulatory
Acquisition and integration related costs
Gain on sale
General and administrative
Depreciation and amortization
Total expenses
Loss from operations
Amortization of warrants and loss on extinguishment of debt
Interest expense, net
Net loss before taxes
Income tax benefit
Net loss
Net loss per share, basic and diluted
$
$
184,465
128,735
61,623
109,697
64,915
64,644
6,762
6,620
0
157,694
38,952
633,749
(80,442)
0
29,013
(109,455)
(10,591)
(98,864) $
85,109
59,154
54,373
3,981
10,391
(5,500)
116,916
35,602
488,761
(70,854)
0
26,112
(96,966)
118
57,663
37,984
34,459
4,872
13,196
0
79,781
19,095
308,673
(75,394)
14,122
17,491
(107,007)
(225)
(97,084) $ (106,782)
(1.38) $
(1.47) $
(1.93)
Weighted-average shares used to compute basic and diluted net loss
per share
71,844,535
65,844,908
55,427,460
See accompanying notes to audited consolidated financial statements.
Amounts may not add due to rounding.
F-5
TELADOC HEALTH, INC.
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss
(In thousands)
Net loss
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax:
Net change in unrealized (loss) gains on available-for-sale securities
Cumulative translation adjustment
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax
Comprehensive loss
Year Ended December 31,
2018
$ (98,864) $ (97,084) $ (106,782)
2017
2019
32
(4,201)
(4,169)
(51)
4,141
4,090
$ (103,033) $ (114,243) $ (102,692)
20
(17,179)
(17,159)
See accompanying notes to audited consolidated financial statements.
Amounts may not add due to rounding.
F-6
.
C
N
I
,
H
T
L
A
E
H
C
O
D
A
L
E
T
)
t
i
c
i
f
e
D
(
y
t
i
u
q
E
’
s
r
e
d
l
o
h
k
c
o
t
S
f
o
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
d
e
t
a
d
i
l
o
s
n
o
C
)
a
t
a
d
e
r
a
h
s
t
p
e
c
x
e
,
s
d
n
a
s
u
o
h
t
n
i
(
5
2
0
,
4
1
0
,
1
$
)
9
3
2
,
7
1
(
$
$
6
1
7
,
8
3
5
,
1
$
3
7
$
1
4
9
,
1
6
7
,
2
7
.
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
f
d
e
t
a
d
i
l
o
s
n
o
c
d
e
t
i
d
u
a
o
t
s
e
t
o
n
g
n
i
y
n
a
p
m
o
c
c
a
e
e
S
.
g
n
i
d
n
u
o
r
o
t
e
u
d
d
d
a
t
o
n
y
a
m
s
t
n
u
o
m
A
l
a
t
o
T
’
s
r
e
d
l
o
h
k
c
o
t
S
y
t
i
u
q
E
d
e
t
a
l
u
m
u
c
c
A
r
e
h
t
O
e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
C
e
m
o
c
n
I
)
s
s
o
L
(
d
e
t
a
l
u
m
u
c
c
A
t
i
c
i
f
e
D
l
a
n
o
i
t
i
d
d
A
n
I
-
d
i
a
P
l
a
t
i
p
a
C
$
)
1
(
$
)
6
2
7
,
4
0
2
(
$
7
3
8
,
0
1
0
7
8
,
0
3
2
0
0
3
5
1
,
2
0
8
1
,
6
6
4
0
4
,
2
6
7
9
5
,
0
3
0
9
0
,
4
4
5
5
,
8
5
2
)
2
8
7
,
6
0
1
(
3
0
9
,
8
5
5
2
2
3
,
1
3
7
9
3
,
1
9
3
4
8
,
0
3
3
0
4
6
5
,
2
4
6
5
,
8
6
9
6
7
,
3
4
)
9
5
1
,
7
1
(
)
4
8
0
,
7
9
(
5
7
2
,
3
3
9
1
1
,
3
1
0
,
1
0
8
0
8
3
,
3
6
7
2
,
7
6
)
9
6
1
,
4
(
)
4
6
8
,
8
9
(
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
9
0
,
4
9
8
0
,
4
0
)
9
5
1
,
7
1
(
)
0
7
0
,
3
1
(
0
0
0
0
0
0
)
9
6
1
,
4
(
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
)
9
6
(
)
2
8
7
,
6
0
1
(
)
7
7
5
,
1
1
3
(
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
)
4
8
0
,
7
9
(
)
1
6
6
,
8
0
4
(
)
4
6
8
,
8
9
(
)
5
2
5
,
7
0
5
(
6
3
8
,
0
1
1
5
5
,
5
3
4
0
0
3
5
1
,
2
8
7
1
,
6
6
4
0
4
,
2
6
6
6
6
,
0
3
2
4
5
,
8
5
2
0
0
0
3
3
,
6
6
8
0
2
3
,
1
3
7
9
3
,
1
9
8
3
8
,
0
3
3
0
4
6
5
,
2
2
6
5
,
8
6
9
6
7
,
3
4
0
0
0
0
)
1
(
8
0
8
3
,
3
6
7
2
,
7
6
3
7
2
,
3
3
0
8
7
,
4
3
4
,
1
$
6
4
$
3
6
5
,
1
0
2
,
6
4
k
c
o
t
S
n
o
m
m
o
C
t
n
u
o
m
A
s
e
r
a
h
S
1
0
0
0
2
0
0
0
0
2
1
1
6
2
0
5
0
0
2
0
0
0
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
7
,
7
4
9
6
6
1
1
,
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
6
,
3
0
9
,
8
3
1
0
1
5
,
7
2
1
8
7
0
,
5
5
8
,
1
0
0
1
,
4
8
9
,
1
1
5
3
6
,
7
4
2
,
2
1
0
1
,
4
3
5
,
1
6
0
0
0
0
,
0
0
0
,
5
8
1
2
,
5
8
,
8
0
9
4
0
3
7
8
3
,
4
4
3
,
1
0
0
0
5
5
1
7
9
4
,
4
6
,
0
1
9
8
4
5
0
3
1
,
2
3
6
,
1
9
4
2
,
6
1
5
,
0
7
0
0
0
s
t
s
o
c
e
c
n
a
u
s
s
i
f
o
t
e
n
,
s
e
t
o
N
r
o
i
n
e
S
e
l
b
i
t
r
e
v
n
o
C
f
o
t
n
e
n
o
p
m
o
c
y
t
i
u
q
E
n
a
l
p
e
s
a
h
c
r
u
p
k
c
o
t
s
e
e
y
o
l
p
m
e
r
e
d
n
u
k
c
o
t
s
f
o
e
c
n
a
u
s
s
I
n
o
i
t
i
s
i
u
q
c
a
n
i
k
c
o
t
s
f
o
e
c
n
a
u
s
s
I
s
t
i
n
u
k
c
o
t
s
d
e
t
c
i
r
t
s
e
r
f
o
e
c
n
a
u
s
s
I
s
n
o
i
t
p
o
k
c
o
t
s
f
o
e
s
i
c
r
e
x
E
s
t
n
a
r
r
a
w
f
o
e
s
i
c
r
e
x
E
6
1
0
2
,
1
3
r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D
f
o
s
a
e
c
n
a
l
a
B
x
a
t
f
o
t
e
n
,
e
m
o
c
n
i
e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c
r
e
h
t
O
n
o
i
t
a
s
n
e
p
m
o
c
d
e
s
a
b
-
k
c
o
t
S
s
g
n
i
r
e
f
f
-
O
n
O
w
o
l
l
o
F
7
1
0
2
,
1
3
r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D
f
o
s
a
e
c
n
a
l
a
B
s
n
o
i
t
p
o
k
c
o
t
s
f
o
e
s
i
c
r
e
x
E
s
s
o
l
t
e
N
F-7
s
t
s
o
c
e
c
n
a
u
s
s
i
f
o
t
e
n
,
s
e
t
o
N
r
o
i
n
e
S
e
l
b
i
t
r
e
v
n
o
C
f
o
t
n
e
n
o
p
m
o
c
y
t
i
u
q
E
n
a
l
p
e
s
a
h
c
r
u
p
k
c
o
t
s
e
e
y
o
l
p
m
e
r
e
d
n
u
k
c
o
t
s
f
o
e
c
n
a
u
s
s
I
s
t
i
n
u
k
c
o
t
s
d
e
t
c
i
r
t
s
e
r
f
o
e
c
n
a
u
s
s
I
g
n
i
r
e
f
f
-
O
n
O
w
o
l
l
o
F
n
a
l
p
e
s
a
h
c
r
u
p
k
c
o
t
s
e
e
y
o
l
p
m
e
r
e
d
n
u
k
c
o
t
s
f
o
e
c
n
a
u
s
s
I
s
e
t
o
N
e
l
b
i
t
r
e
v
n
o
C
r
o
f
k
c
o
t
s
n
o
m
m
o
c
f
o
e
c
n
a
u
s
s
I
x
a
t
f
o
t
e
n
,
s
s
o
l
e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c
r
e
h
t
O
n
o
i
t
a
s
n
e
p
m
o
c
d
e
s
a
b
-
k
c
o
t
S
9
1
0
2
,
1
3
r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D
f
o
s
a
e
c
n
a
l
a
B
s
s
o
l
t
e
N
x
a
t
f
o
t
e
n
,
s
s
o
l
e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c
r
e
h
t
O
n
o
i
t
i
s
i
u
q
c
a
n
i
k
c
o
t
s
f
o
e
c
n
a
u
s
s
I
n
o
i
t
a
s
n
e
p
m
o
c
d
e
s
a
b
-
k
c
o
t
S
s
t
i
n
u
k
c
o
t
s
d
e
t
c
i
r
t
s
e
r
f
o
e
c
n
a
u
s
s
I
s
n
o
i
t
p
o
k
c
o
t
s
f
o
e
s
i
c
r
e
x
E
8
1
0
2
,
1
3
r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D
f
o
s
a
e
c
n
a
l
a
B
s
s
o
l
t
e
N
TELADOC HEALTH, INC.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(in thousands)
Cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities:
Net loss
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating
activities:
Depreciation and amortization
Allowance for doubtful accounts
Stock-based compensation
Deferred income taxes
Accretion of interest
Amortization of warrants and loss on extinguishment of debt
Gain on sale
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Other assets
Accounts payable
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
Accrued compensation
Operating lease liabilities
Other liabilities
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
Cash flows provided by (used in) investing activities:
Purchase of property and equipment
Purchase of internal-use software
Purchase of marketable securities
Proceeds from marketable securities
Sale of assets
Investment in securities
Acquisition of business, net of cash acquired
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
Cash flows provided by financing activities:
Net proceeds from the exercise of stock options
Proceeds from issuance of convertible notes
Proceeds from borrowing under bank and other debt
Repayment of debt
Proceeds from issuance of common stock
Proceeds from employee stock purchase plan
Cash (paid) received for withholding taxes on stock-based compensation,
net
Net cash provided by financing activities
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
Foreign exchange difference
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the period
Cash and cash equivalents at end of the period
Year Ended December 31,
2018
2017
2019
$
(98,864) $
(97,084) $ (106,782)
44,952
2,665
66,702
(10,868)
25,438
0
0
(15,884)
(2,685)
(105)
905
14,841
4,546
(2,417)
643
29,869
(3,510)
(7,390)
0
52,100
(0)
(5,000)
(11,187)
25,013
33,283
0
0
0
0
3,380
(1,569)
35,094
89,976
388
423,989
514,353 $
$
35,602
2,243
43,769
(2,247)
19,487
0
(5,500)
(10,931)
(2,612)
(414)
(391)
3,993
8,480
0
745
(4,860)
(4,011)
(4,396)
(56,347)
84,170
5,530
0
(282,442)
(257,496)
31,322
279,152
10
0
330,843
2,564
1,721
645,612
383,256
(2,084)
42,817
423,989 $
19,095
1,731
30,597
(306)
6,382
14,122
0
(3,659)
(2,003)
98
1,534
4,292
3,768
0
(3,310)
(34,441)
(2,633)
(2,882)
(149,261)
85,753
0
0
(379,356)
(448,379)
10,837
263,722
166,679
(226,440)
258,554
2,153
(74)
475,431
(7,389)
191
50,015
42,817
Income taxes paid
Interest paid
$
1,310 $
441 $
137
$
12,224 $
10,303 $
9,450
See accompanying notes to audited consolidated financial statements.
Amounts may not add due to rounding.
F-8
TELADOC HEALTH, INC.
Notes to Audited Consolidated Financial Statements
Note 1. Organization and Description of Business
Teladoc, Inc. was incorporated in the State of Texas in June 2002 and changed its state of incorporation to the
State of Delaware in October 2008. Effective August 10, 2018, Teladoc, Inc. changed its corporate name to Teladoc
Health, Inc. Unless the context otherwise requires, Teladoc Health, Inc., together with its subsidiaries, is referred to
herein as “Teladoc” or the “Company”. The Company’s principal executive office is located in Purchase, New York.
Teladoc Health is the global leader in providing virtual healthcare services with a focus on high quality, lower costs, and
improved outcomes around the world.
The Company completed the acquisition of MedecinDirect, on April 30, 2019, a Paris-based telemedicine
provider, Advance Medical-Health Care Management Services, S.A. (“Advance Medical”), in May 2018, a leading
global virtual healthcare provider, Best Doctors Holdings, Inc. (“Best Doctors”), in July 2017, an expert medical
consultation company focused on improving health outcomes for the most complex, critical and costly medical issues.
On July 26, 2018, Teladoc Health completed a follow-on public offering (the “July Offering”) in which the
Company issued and sold 5,000,000 shares of common stock, at an issuance price of $66.28 per share. The Company
received net proceeds of $330.9 million after deducting offering expenses of $0.5 million.
On May 8, 2018, the Company issued, at par value, $287.5 million aggregate principal amount of 1.375%
convertible senior notes due 2025 (the “2025 Notes”). The 2025 Notes bear cash interest at a rate of 1.375% per year,
payable semi-annually in arrears on May 15 and November 15 of each year. The 2025 Notes will mature on May 15,
2025. The net proceeds to the Company from the offering were $279.1 million after deducting offering costs of
approximately $8.4 million.
On December 4, 2017, Teladoc Health completed a follow on public offering (the “December Offering”) in
which the Company issued and sold 4,096,600 shares of common stock at an issuance price of $35.00 per share. The
Company received net proceeds of $134.7 million after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions of $8.2
million as well as other offering expenses of $0.5 million.
On June 27, 2017, the Company issued, at par value, $275 million aggregate principal amount of 3%
convertible senior notes due 2022 (the “2022 Notes”). The 2022 Notes bear cash interest at a rate of 3% per year,
payable semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year. The 2022 Notes will mature on
December 15, 2022. The net proceeds to the Company from the offering were $263.7 million after deducting offering
costs of approximately $11.3 million.
On January 24, 2017, Teladoc Health completed a follow on public offering (the “January Offering”) in which
the Company issued and sold 7,887,500 shares of common stock at an issuance price of $16.75 per share. The Company
received net proceeds of $123.9 million after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions of $7.6 million as well
as other offering expenses of $0.6 million.
Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation
These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted
accounting principles (“GAAP”). The consolidated financial statements include the results of Teladoc Health, two
professional associations and fourteen professional corporations and a service corporation (collectively, the
“Association”).
F-9
Teladoc Health Medical Group, P.A., formerly Teladoc Physicians, P.A. is party to several Services
Agreements by and among it and the professional corporations pursuant to which each professional corporation provides
services to Teladoc Health Medical Group, P.A. Each professional corporation is established pursuant to the
requirements of its respective domestic jurisdiction governing the corporate practice of medicine.
The Company holds a variable interest in the Association which contracts with physicians and other health
professionals in order to provide services to Teladoc Health. The Association is considered a variable interest entity
(“VIE”) since it does not have sufficient equity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support.
An enterprise having a controlling financial interest in a VIE, must consolidate the VIE if it has both power and
benefits—that is, it has (1) the power to direct the activities of a VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic
performance (power) and (2) the obligation to absorb losses of the VIE that potentially could be significant to the VIE or
the right to receive benefits from the VIE that potentially could be significant to the VIE (benefits). The Company has
the power and rights to control all activities of the Association and funds and absorbs all losses of the VIE.
Total revenue and net loss for the VIE were $83.6 million and $(3.2) million, $58.1 million and $(2.5) million
and $33.2 million and $(7.0) million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The VIE’s
total assets all of which were current were $13.6 million and $9.8 million at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
Total liabilities all of which were current for the VIE were $51.3 million and $44.3 million at December 31, 2019 and
2018, respectively. The VIE total stockholders’ deficit was $37.7 million and $34.5 million at December 31, 2019 and
2018, respectively.
All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.
Business Combinations
The Company accounts for its business combinations using the acquisition method of accounting. The cost of
an acquisition is measured as the aggregate of the acquisition date fair values of the assets transferred and liabilities
assumed by the Company to the sellers and equity instruments issued. Transaction costs directly attributable to the
acquisition are expensed as incurred. Identifiable assets and liabilities acquired or assumed are measured separately at
their fair values as of the acquisition date. The excess of (i) the total costs of acquisition over (ii) the fair value of the
identifiable net assets of the acquiree is recorded as goodwill.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. The
Company bases its estimates on historical experience, current business factors, and various other assumptions that the
Company believes are necessary to consider to form a basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets
and liabilities, the recorded amounts of revenue and expenses, and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. The
Company is subject to uncertainties such as the impact of future events, economic and political factors, and changes in
the Company’s business environment; therefore, actual results could differ from these estimates. Accordingly, the
accounting estimates used in the preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements will change as new
events occur, as more experience is acquired, as additional information is obtained and as the Company’s operating
environment evolves.
Changes in estimates are made when circumstances warrant. Such changes in estimates and refinements in
estimation methodologies are reflected in reported results of operations; if material, the effects of changes in estimates
are disclosed in the notes to the consolidated financial statements. Significant estimates and assumptions by management
affect the allowance for doubtful accounts, the carrying value of long-lived assets (including goodwill and intangible
assets), the carrying value, capitalization and amortization of software development costs, purchase accounting, client
performance guarantees, the calculation of a contingent liability in connection with an earn-out, the provision for income
taxes and related deferred tax accounts, certain accrued liabilities, revenue recognition, contingencies, litigation and
related legal accruals and the value attributed to employee stock options and other stock-based awards.
F-10
Segment Information
The Company’s chief operating decision maker, its Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”), reviews the financial
information presented on a consolidated basis for purposes of allocating resources and evaluating its financial
performance. Accordingly, the Company has determined that it operates in a single reportable segment—health services.
Revenue earned by foreign operations for Clients outside of the United States were $108.0 million, $75.2 million and
$18.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Long-lived assets of foreign
operations totaled $2.2 million, $1.5 million and $0.2 million as of December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.
These foreign operations were acquired in connection with the MedecinDirect, Advance Medical and Best Doctors’
acquisitions in April 2019, May 2018 and July 2017, respectively.
Revenue Recognition
The Company generates virtual healthcare service revenue from contracts with Clients who purchase access to
the Company’s professional provider network or medical experts for their employees, dependents and other
beneficiaries. The Company’s client contracts include a per-member-per-month subscription access fee as well as certain
contracts that generate additional revenue on a per-telehealth visit basis for general medical and other specialty visits and
expert medical service on a per case basis. The Company also has certain contracts that generate revenue based solely on
a per telehealth visit basis for general medical and other specialty visits. For the Company’s direct-to-consumer
behavioral health product, Members purchase access to the Company’s professional provider network for a subscription
access fee. Accordingly, the Company generates subscription access revenue from subscription access fees and visit fee
revenue for general medical, expert medical service and other specialty visit.
Revenues are recognized when the Company satisfies its performance obligation to stand ready to provide
telehealth services which occurs when the Company’s Clients and Members have access to and obtain control of the
telehealth service. Revenue is recognized in an amount that reflects the consideration that is expected in exchange for the
service and includes a variable transaction price as the number of Members may vary from period to period. Based on
historical experience, the Company estimates this amount which is recorded as a component of revenue.
Cost of Revenue
Cost of revenue primarily consists of fees paid to the physicians and other health professionals (“Providers”),
costs incurred in connection with the Company’s provider network operations center activities, which include
employee-related expenses (including salaries and benefits) as well as costs related to medical records, magnetic
resonance imaging, medical lab tests, translation, postage and medical malpractice insurance. Cost of revenue does not
include an allocation of depreciation and amortization.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents consist of highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less
from the date of purchase. The Company’s cash and cash equivalents generally consist of investments in money market
funds. Cash and cash equivalents are stated at fair value.
Short-Term Investments
The Company holds short-term investments primarily consisting of corporate bonds, commercial paper, U.S.
treasuries and asset backed securities with maturities of less than one year. These short-term investments are classified as
available-for-sale and are carried at fair value with unrealized gains or losses recorded as a separate component of
stockholders’ equity in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). Realized gains or losses are recognized in the
consolidated statements of operations upon disposition of the securities.
As of December 31, 2019, there were no short-term investments that had been in a continuous loss position for
more than 12 months.
F-11
Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay
obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. There were no realized losses for the year ended December 31,
2019. Realized losses for the year ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 were less than $0.1 million and were recognized
in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.
Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
Accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount, net of allowances for doubtful accounts. The
allowance for doubtful accounts is based on the Company’s assessment of the collectability of accounts. The Company
regularly reviews the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts by considering the collection history and age of
each outstanding invoice of each customer to determine whether a specific allowance is appropriate. Accounts receivable
deemed uncollectable are charged against the allowance for doubtful accounts when identified.
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is recorded using the
straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the respective asset as follows:
Computer equipment
Furniture and equipment
Leasehold improvements
3 years
5 years
Shorter of the lease term or the estimated useful lives of the improvements
Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred while improvements are capitalized. When assets
are retired or otherwise disposed of, the cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts, and any
resulting gain or loss is reflected in the consolidated statement of operations in the period realized.
Internal-Use Software
Internal-use software is included in intangible assets and is amortized on a straight-line basis over 3 to 5 years.
For the Company’s development costs related to its software development tools that enable its Members and Providers to
interact, the Company capitalizes costs incurred during the application development stage. Costs related to minor
upgrades, minor enhancements and maintenance activities are expensed as incurred.
Goodwill and Intangible Assets
Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets
acquired in a business combination. Goodwill is not amortized but is tested for impairment annually on October 1 or
more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset may be impaired. The fair value of the
reporting unit is estimated using quoted market prices in active markets of the Company’s stock. An impairment charge
is recognized for the excess of the carrying value of goodwill over its implied fair value.
The Company’s annual goodwill impairment test resulted in no impairment charges in any of the periods
presented in the consolidated financial statements.
Other intangible assets resulted from business acquisitions and include Client relationships, non-compete
agreements, patents and trademarks. Client relationships are amortized over a period of 2 to 20 years in relation to
expected future cash flows, while non-compete agreements are amortized over a period of 1.5 to 5 years using the
straight-line method. Trademarks are amortized over 3 to 15 years using the straight-line method. Patents are amortized
over 3 years using the straight-line method.
Long-lived assets (property and equipment, internally developed software, and intangible assets) used in
operations are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that carrying amounts
may not be recoverable. For long-lived assets to be held and used, the Company recognizes an impairment loss only if its
F-12
carrying amount is not recoverable through its undiscounted cash flows and measures the impairment loss based on the
difference between the carrying amount and fair value. There were no impairment losses in 2019, 2018 or 2017.
Investments in Equity Securities
Investments in equity securities, other than those of our consolidated subsidiaries, are accounted for at fair value
or under the measurement alternative of the Financial Accounting Standards Board's ("FASB") issued Accounting
Standards Update ("ASU") No. 2016-01, Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities,
following its adoption on January 1, 2018, with any changes to fair value recognized within other income (expense), net
each reporting period. Under the measurement alternative, equity investments without readily determinable fair values
are carried at cost minus impairment, if any, plus or minus changes resulting from observable price changes in orderly
transactions for identical or similar securities of the same issuer; value is generally determined based on a market
approach as of the transaction date. The Company reviews its investments in equity securities without readily
determinable fair values for impairment each reporting period when there are qualitative factors or events that indicate
possible impairment. If our assessment indicates that the fair value of the investment is below its carrying value, the
Company will write down the investment to its fair value and record the corresponding charge within other income
(expense), net.
Stock-Based Compensation
Stock-based compensation for stock options and restricted stock units granted is measured based on the
grant- date fair value of the awards and recognized on a straight-line basis over the period during which the employee is
required to perform services in exchange for the award (generally the vesting period of the award). The Company
estimates the fair value of employee stock options using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Stock-based
compensation for performance stock units (PSU) granted is measured based on the grant- date fair value of the awards
and recognized on an accelerated tranche by tranche basis over the period during which the employee is required to
perform services in exchange for the award (generally the vesting period of the award). The ultimate number of PSUs
that are issued to an employee is the result of the actual performance of the Company at the end of the performance
period compared to the performance conditions and can range from 50% to 200% of the initial grant.
The Company’s Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”) permits eligible employees to purchase common
stock at a discount through payroll deductions during defined offering periods. Under the ESPP, the Company may
specify offerings with durations of not more than 27 months and may specify shorter purchase periods within each
offering. Each offering will have one or more purchase dates on which shares of its common stock will be purchased for
employees participating in the offering. An offering may be terminated under certain circumstances. The price at which
the stock is purchased is equal to the lower of 85% of the fair market value of the common stock at the beginning of an
offering period or on the date of purchase.
Foreign Currency
The functional currency for each of our foreign subsidiaries is the local currency. All assets and liabilities
denominated in a foreign currency are translated into U.S. dollars at the exchange rate on the balance sheet date.
Revenues and expenses are translated at the weighted average exchange rate during the period. Cumulative translation
gains or losses are included in stockholders’ equity as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) .
For the year ended December 31, 2019, realized foreign exchange gain was $0.2 million and was recognized in the
Company’s consolidated statement of operations in interest expense, net. For the year ended December 31, 2018,
realized foreign exchange gain was $0.1 million and was recognized in the Company’s consolidated statement of
operations. For the year ended December 31, 2017, realized foreign exchange loss was $0.1 million and was recognized
in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations.
Income Taxes
The Company accounts for income taxes using the liability method, under which deferred tax assets and
liabilities are determined based on the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial reporting
F-13
carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and tax credit carry forwards and net
operating loss carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates that are expected
to be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse.
The Company assesses the likelihood that deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income, and
a valuation allowance is established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts more likely than not
expected to be realized.
The Company recognizes and measures uncertain tax positions using a two- step approach. The first step is to
evaluate the tax position taken or expected to be taken by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it
is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained in an audit, including resolution of any related appeals or
litigation processes. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely to
be realized upon ultimate settlement. Significant judgment is required to evaluate uncertain tax positions. The Company
evaluates its uncertain tax positions on a regular basis. Its evaluations are based on a number of factors, including
changes in facts and circumstances, changes in tax law, correspondence with tax authorities during the course of audit
and effective settlement of audit issues. The Company’s policy is to include interest and penalties related to
unrecognized tax benefits as a component of interest expense, net in the consolidated statements of operations.
The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, was enacted on December 22, 2017. Authoritative accounting guidance requires
companies to recognize the effect of tax law changes in the period of enactment. Certain key aspects of the new law were
effective January 1, 2018 and other key aspects had an immediate accounting effect for the year ended December 31,
2017. Refer to Note 14.
Comprehensive Loss
Comprehensive loss consists of net loss and unrealized gains or losses on short-term investments and
cumulative translation gains or losses. Unrealized gains or losses are net of any reclassification adjustments for realized
gains and losses included in the consolidated statements of operations.
Net Loss Per Share
Basic net loss per share is computed by dividing the net loss by the weighted-average number of shares of
common stock of the Company outstanding during the period. Diluted net loss per share is computed by giving effect to
all potential shares of common stock, including outstanding stock options, warrants and convertible notes, to the extent
dilutive. Basic and diluted net loss per share was the same for each period presented as the inclusion of all potential
shares of common stock outstanding would have been anti-dilutive.
Warranties and Indemnification
The Company’s arrangements generally include certain provisions for indemnifying Clients against liabilities if
there is a breach of a Client’s data or if the Company’s service infringes a third party’s intellectual property rights. To
date, the Company has not incurred any material costs as a result of such indemnifications.
The Company has also agreed to indemnify its directors and executive officers for costs associated with any
fees, expenses, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of these persons in any action or proceeding to
which any of those persons is, or is threatened to be, made a party by reason of the person’s service as a director or
officer, including any action by the Company, arising out of that person’s services as a director or officer or that person’s
services provided to any other company or enterprise at the Company’s request. The Company maintains director and
officer liability insurance coverage that would generally enable it to recover a portion of any future amounts paid. The
Company may also be subject to indemnification obligations by law with respect to the actions of its employees under
certain circumstances and in certain jurisdictions.
F-14
Advertising and Marketing Expenses
Advertising and marketing include all communications and campaigns to the Company’s Clients and Members,
digital and media advertising and related employees’ costs and are expensed as incurred. For the years ended
December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, advertising expenses were $88.8 million, $70.6 million and $45.1 million,
respectively.
Concentrations of Risk and Significant Clients
The Company’s financial instruments that are exposed to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash
and cash equivalents, short-term investments and accounts receivable. Although the Company deposits its cash with
multiple financial institutions in U.S. and in foreign countries, its deposits, at times, may exceed federally insured limits.
The Company’s short-term investments are comprised of a portfolio of diverse high credit rating instruments with
maturity durations of one year or less.
Revenue from Clients located in the United States for the year ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 were
$445.3 million, $342.7 million and $214.5 million, respectively. Revenue from Clients located outside the United States
for the year ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 were $108.0 million, $75.2 million and $18.8 million,
respectively.
Reclassifications
Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation.
Seasonality
The Company typically experiences the strongest increases in consecutive quarterly revenue during the fourth
and first quarters of each year, which coincides with traditional annual benefit enrollment seasons. In particular, as a
result of many Clients’ introduction of new services at the very end of a calendar year, or the start of each calendar year,
the majority of the Company’s new Client contracts have an effective date of January 1. Additionally, as a result of
national seasonal cold and flu trends, the Company experiences the highest level of visit fees during the first and fourth
quarters of each year when compared to other quarters of the year.
Recently Issued and Adopted Accounting Pronouncements
In December 2019, FASB issued ASU 2019-12 Simplification of Income Taxes (Topic 740) Income Taxes.
ASU 2019-12 simplifies the accounting for income taxes by removing certain exceptions to the general principles in
Topic 740. The amendments also improve consistent application of and simplify GAAP for other areas of Topic 740 by
clarifying and amending existing guidance. ASU 2019-12 is effective for public companies for annual periods beginning
after December 15, 2020, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The standard will apply as a cumulative-
effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the first reporting period in which the guidance is adopted.
The Company is in the process of evaluating the impact of the adoption of ASU 2019-12 on the Company’s consolidated
financial statements and disclosures.
In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04, Goodwill Simplifications (Topic 350). ASU 2017-04
simplifies the test for goodwill impairment. The new guidance eliminates Step 2 from the goodwill impairment test as
currently prescribed in the U.S. generally accepted accounting principle. This ASU is the result of the FASB project
focused on simplifications to accounting for goodwill. The new guidance has been adopted in the current period.
In June 2016, FASB issued ASU 2016-13 Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326) Measurement of
Credit Losses on Financial Instruments. ASU 2016-13 requires an entity to utilize a new impairment model known as the
current expected credit loss ("CECL") model to estimate its lifetime "expected credit loss" and record an allowance that,
when deducted from the amortized cost basis of the financial asset, presents the net amount expected to be collected on
the financial asset. The CECL model is expected to result in more timely recognition of credit losses. ASU 2016-13 also
F-15
requires new disclosures for financial assets measured at amortized cost, loans and available-for-sale debt securities.
ASU 2016-13 is effective for public companies for annual periods beginning after December 13, 2019, including interim
periods within those fiscal years. The standard will apply as a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the
beginning of the first reporting period in which the guidance is adopted. The Company is in the process of evaluating the
impact of the adoption of ASU 2016-13 on the Company's consolidated financial statements and disclosures.
In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). ASU 2016-02 outlines a comprehensive
lease accounting model and supersedes the current lease guidance. The new guidance requires lessees to recognize lease
liabilities and corresponding right-of-use assets for all leases with lease terms of greater than 12 months. It also changes
the definition of a lease and expands the disclosure requirements of lease arrangements. The Company adopted this
standard on January 1, 2019 utilizing the modified retrospective approach and reflecting a cumulative effect adjustment
at that time. Under this adoption method, prior periods are presented in accordance with the previous guidance in ASC
840, Leases.
In adopting the new standard, the Company elected to utilize the available package of practical expedients
permitted under the transition guidance within the new standard, which does not require the reassessment of the
following: i) whether existing or expired arrangements are or contain a lease, ii) the lease classification of existing or
expired leases, and iii) whether previous initial direct costs would qualify for capitalization under the new lease standard.
Additionally, the Company made an accounting policy election to keep leases with a term of 12 months or less off of its
balance sheet. As part of its adoption, the Company underwent a process of assessing the lease population and
determining the impact of the adoption of this standard which resulted in the recognition of operating lease liabilities of
and right-of-use assets of approximately $34 million on the Company’s balance sheet relating to its leases on the
consolidated financial statements. The Company determined the most significant impact was the recognition of right of
use assets and lease liabilities for operating leases on the consolidated balance sheets and there was no impact on the
consolidated statements of operations or consolidated statements of cash flows. See Note 12 “Leases”, for further
information.
Note 3. Revenue
The Company generates virtual healthcare service revenue from contracts with Clients who purchase access to
the Company’s professional provider network or medical experts for their employees, dependents and other
beneficiaries. The Company’s client contracts include a per-member-per-month subscription access fee as well as certain
contracts that generate additional revenue on a per-telehealth visit basis for general medical and other specialty visits and
expert medical service on a per case basis. The Company also has certain contracts that generate revenue based solely on
a per telehealth visit basis for general medical and other specialty visits. For the Company’s direct-to-consumer
behavioral health product, Members purchase access to the Company’s professional provider network for a subscription
access fee. Accordingly, the Company generates subscription access revenue from subscription access fees and visit fee
revenue for general medical, expert medical service and other specialty visit.
The Company’s agreements generally have a term of one year. The majority of Clients renew their contracts
following their first year of services. Revenues are recognized when the Company satisfies its performance obligation to
stand ready to provide telehealth services which occurs when the Company’s Clients and Members have access to and
obtain control of the telehealth service. The Company generally bills for the telehealth services on a monthly basis with
payment terms generally being 30 days. There are not significant differences between the timing of revenue recognition
and billing. Consequently, the Company has determined that client contracts do not include a financing component.
Revenue is recognized in an amount that reflects the consideration that is expected in exchange for the service and
includes a variable transaction price as the number of Members may vary from period to period. Based on historical
experience, the Company estimates this amount.
Subscription access revenue accounted for approximately 84%, 84% and 85% of our total revenue for the years
ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.
F-16
The following table presents the Company’s revenues disaggregated by revenue source (in thousands):
Year Ended
December 31,
2018
2017
2019
Subscription Access Fees:
U.S.
International
Visit Fee Revenue:
U.S. Paid Visits
U.S. Visit Fee Only
International Paid Visits
Total Revenues
Amounts may not add due to rounding.
$ 356,656 $ 277,091 $ 179,184
18,338
106,640
73,693
68,738
19,931
1,342
35,294
0
463
$ 553,307 $ 417,907 $ 233,279
53,074
12,508
1,541
As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts, were $56.9
million and $43.6 million, respectively. The allowance for doubtful accounts reflects our best estimate of probable losses
inherent in the accounts receivable balance. The Company determines the allowance based on historical experience,
specific account information and other currently available evidence.
For certain services, payment is required for future months before the service is delivered to the Member. The
Company records deferred revenue when cash payments are received in advance of the Company’s performance
obligation to provide services. The net increase of $7.1 million and $3.6 million in the deferred revenue balance for the
year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively are primarily driven by the acquisition of Advance Medical and
cash payments received or due in advance of satisfying the Company’s performance obligations, offset by revenue
recognized that were included in the deferred revenue balance at the beginning of the period. The Company anticipates
that it will satisfy most of its performance obligation associated with the deferred revenue within the prospective fiscal
year. Revenue recognized during the fiscal years 2019 and 2018 that was included in deferred revenue at the beginning
of the periods was $7.1M and $4.0M, respectively.
The Company’s contracts do not generally contain refund provisions for fees earned related to services
performed. However, the Company’s direct-to-consumer behavioral health service provides for member refunds. Based
on historical experience, the Company estimates the expected amount of refunds to be issued which are recorded as a
reduction of revenue. The Company issued refunds of approximately $3.3 million and $2.7 million for the year ended
December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
Additionally, certain of the Company’s contracts include client performance guarantees that are based upon
minimum Member utilization and guarantees by the Company for specific service level performance of the Company’s
services. If client performance guarantees are not being realized, the Company records, as a reduction to revenue, an
estimate of the amount that will be due at the end of the respective client’s contractual period. For both of the years
ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, revenue recognized from performance obligations related to prior periods for the
aforementioned changes in transaction price or client performance guarantees, were not material.
The Company has elected the optional exemption to not disclose the remaining performance obligations of its
contracts since substantially all of its contracts have a duration of one year or less and the variable consideration
expected to be received over the duration of the contract is allocated entirely to the wholly unsatisfied performance
obligations.
Note 4. Fair Value Measurements
The Company measures its financial assets and liabilities at fair value at each reporting period using a fair value
hierarchy that requires it to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when
F-17
measuring fair value. A financial instrument’s classification within the fair value hierarchy is based upon the lowest level
of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. Three levels of inputs may be used to measure fair value:
Level 1—Observable inputs that reflect quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active
markets.
Level 2—Include other inputs that are directly or indirectly observable in the marketplace.
Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity.
The Company measures its cash equivalents at fair value on a recurring basis. The Company classifies its cash
equivalents within Level 1 because they are valued using observable inputs that reflect quoted prices for identical assets
in active markets and quoted prices directly in active markets.
The Company measures its short-term investments at fair value on a recurring basis and classifies such as Level
2. They are valued using observable inputs that reflect quoted prices directly or indirectly in active markets. The short-
term investments amortized cost approximates fair value.
The Company measures its contingent consideration at fair value on a recurring basis and classifies such as
Level 3. The Company estimates the fair value of contingent consideration as the present value of the expected
contingent payments, determined using the weighted probability of the possible payments.
The following tables present information about the Company’s assets and liabilities that are measured at fair
value on a recurring basis using the above input categories (in thousands):
Cash and cash equivalents
Short-term investments
Contingent liability
Cash and cash equivalents
Short-term investments
December 31, 2019
Level 2
Level 3
Level 1
$ 514,353
$
$
$
0 $
0 $
$
0
2,711 $
0 $
0
0 $
4,769 $
Total
$ 514,353
2,711
4,769
December 31, 2018
Level 2
Level 3
Level 1
$ 419,464
$
$
0 $
4,525
$
54,545 $
Total
$ 423,989
54,545
0
0 $
There were no transfers between fair value measurement levels during the years ended December 31, 2019 and
2018.
The change in fair value of the Company’s contingent liability is recorded in acquisition and integration related
costs in the consolidated statements of operations. The contingent liability is based on future revenue and profitability
expectations. The following table reconciles the beginning and ending balance of the Company’s Level 3 contingent
liability (in thousands):
Fair value at date of acquisition
Payments
Change in fair value
Currency translation adjustment
Fair value at December 31, 2019
Amounts may not add due to rounding.
$
$
3,586
0
1,232
(49)
4,769
F-18
Note 5. Business Acquisitions
On April 30, 2019, the Company completed the acquisition of the Paris-based telemedicine provider
MedecinDirect in which MedecinDirect became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. The aggregate merger
consideration paid was $11.2 million with additional potential earnout consideration. The acquisition was considered a
stock acquisition for tax purposes and accordingly, the goodwill resulting from the acquisition is not tax deductible. On
June 19, 2019, we made a $5.0 million minority investment in Vida Health.
On May 31, 2018, the Company completed the acquisition of Advance Medical through a merger in which
Advance Medical became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. The aggregate merger consideration paid was
$351.7 million, which was comprised of 1,344,387 shares of Teladoc’s common stock valued at $68.6 million on
May 31, 2018, and $283.1 million of net cash. Advance Medical is a leading global virtual healthcare provider offering a
portfolio of virtual healthcare and expert medical service solutions. The acquisition was considered a stock acquisition
for tax purposes and accordingly, the goodwill resulting from this acquisition is not tax deductible. The total acquisition
related costs were $5.8 million and included transaction costs for investment bankers and other professional fees. The
Company recorded $45.2 million of revenue and $2.7 million of net loss from Advance Medical for the period from
May 31, 2018 (date of acquisition) through December 31, 2018.
On July 14, 2017, the Company completed the acquisition of Best Doctors in which Best Doctors became a
wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. The aggregate consideration paid was $445.5 million, net of cash acquired of
$13.7 million, which was comprised of 1,855,078 shares of Teladoc Health’s common stock valued at $66.2 million on
July 14, 2017, and $379.3 million of cash. Best Doctors provides technology innovations and services to help employers,
health plans and provider organizations to ensure that their Members combat medical uncertainty with access to the best
medical minds. The acquisition was considered a stock acquisition for tax purposes and accordingly, the goodwill
resulting from this acquisition is not tax deductible. The total costs related to the acquisition were $9.1 million.
The acquisitions described above were accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting, which
requires, among other things, the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed be recognized at their fair values as of the
acquisition date. The results of the acquisitions were integrated within the Company’s existing business on the respective
aforementioned acquisition dates.
The following table summarizes the fair value estimates of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed for the
May 2018 Advance Medical acquisition at acquisition date. The Company, with the assistance of a third-party valuation
expert, estimated the fair value of the acquired tangible and intangible assets with significant estimates such as revenue
projections.
Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed (in thousands):
Purchase price, net of cash acquired
Less:
Accounts receivable
Property and equipment, net
Other assets
Client relationships
Non-compete agreements
Internal-use software
Trademarks
Favorable leases
Accounts payable
Deferred taxes
Other liabilities
Goodwill
Amounts may not add due to rounding.
F-19
Advance Medical
351,694
$
8,553
1,326
3,675
100,760
1,540
770
16,190
203
(361)
(22,714)
(8,368)
250,120
$
The amount allocated to goodwill reflects the benefits Teladoc Health expects to realize from the growth of the
respective acquisitions’ operations.
The Company’s unaudited pro forma revenue and net loss for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018
below have been prepared as if Advance Medical had been purchased on January 1, 2018.
(in thousands)
Revenue
Net loss
Unaudited Pro Forma
Year Ended
December 31,
2019
2018
$
$
553,307 $
(98,864) $
447,573
(94,314)
The unaudited pro forma financial information above is not necessarily indicative of what the Company’s
consolidated results actually would have been if the acquisitions had been completed at the beginning of the respective
periods. In addition, the unaudited pro forma information above does not attempt to project the Company’s future results.
Note 6. Property and Equipment, Net
Property and equipment, net, consist of the following (in thousands):
Computer equipment
Furniture and equipment
Leasehold improvement
Construction in progress
Total
Accumulated depreciation
Property and equipment, net
Amounts may not add due to rounding.
As of December 31,
2018
2019
13,237
$ 15,219 $
3,041
6,034
119
22,431
(12,283)
10,148
3,458
7,022
359
26,058
(15,762)
$ 10,296 $
Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 was $3.4 million, $4.1 million
and $3.8 million, respectively.
F-20
Note 7. Intangible Assets, Net
Intangible assets consist of the following (in thousands):
Useful
Life
Gross Value
Weighted
Average
Accumulated Net Carrying Remaining
Useful Life
Amortization
Value
December 31, 2019
Client relationships
Non-compete agreements
Trademarks
Patents
Internal-use software and other
Intangible assets, net
December 31, 2018
Client relationships
Non-compete agreements
Trademarks
Patents
Internal-use software
Intangible assets, net
Amounts may not add due to rounding.
2 to 20 years $ 237,182 $ (60,647) $ 176,535
698
1.5 to 5 years
35,463
3 to 15 years
0
3 years
12,757
3 to 5 years
$ 319,796 $ (94,343) $ 225,453
(4,260)
(7,143)
(200)
(22,093)
4,958
42,606
200
34,850
2 to 20 years $ 233,007 $ (35,453) $ 197,554
1,251
1.5 to 5 years
37,678
3 to 15 years
61
3 years
10,850
3 to 5 years
$ 305,658 $ (58,264) $ 247,394
(3,741)
(4,137)
(139)
(14,794)
4,992
41,815
200
25,644
13.1
1.4
12.9
0
2.3
12.4
13.7
2.4
13.9
0.9
2.0
13.2
Amortization expense for intangible assets was $35.6 million, $31.5 million and $15.3 million for the years
ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.
Periodic amortization that will be charged to expense over the remaining life of the intangible assets as of
December 31, 2019 is as follows (in thousands):
Years Ending December 31,
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024 and thereafter
Amounts may not add due to rounding.
Note 8. Goodwill
Goodwill consists of the following (in thousands):
Beginning balance
Additions associated with acquisitions
Cumulative translation adjustment
Goodwill
Amounts may not add due to rounding.
F-21
$
$
34,728
30,627
25,479
20,982
113,637
225,453
As of December 31,
2018
$
$
498,520
250,120
(11,443)
737,197
$
As of December 31,
2019
737,197
10,604
(1,722)
746,079
$
Note 9. Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):
Professional fees
Consulting fees/provider fees
Client performance guarantees
Legal fees
Interest payable
Income tax payable
Insurance
Marketing
Operating lease liabilities - current
Deferred revenue
Other
Total
Amounts may not add due to rounding.
Note 10. Revolving Credit Facility
2019
2018
$
$
1,535 $
10,618
3,298
1,077
838
2,859
1,263
2,810
5,088
12,466
7,996
49,848 $
1,264
6,569
2,910
1,073
883
2,610
167
644
0
7,650
3,031
26,801
On July 14, 2017, the Company is party to a $10.0 million Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility (the
“Revolving Credit Facility”). The Revolving Credit Facility is available for working capital and other general corporate
purposes. The Company has maintained the Revolving Credit Facility and, there was no amount outstanding as of
December 31, 2019 and 2018 other than the $2.2 million of letters of credit issued for facility security deposits at
December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
The Company was in compliance with all debt covenants at December 31, 2019 and 2018.
Note 11. Convertible Senior Notes
Convertible Senior Notes Due 2025
On May 8, 2018, the Company issued, at par value, $287.5 million aggregate principal amount of 1.375%
convertible senior notes due 2025. The 2025 Notes bear cash interest at a rate of 1.375% per year, payable semi-annually
in arrears on May 15 and November 15 of each year. The 2025 Notes will mature on May 15, 2025. The net proceeds to
the Company from the offering were $279.1 million after deducting offering costs of approximately $8.4 million.
The 2025 Notes are senior unsecured obligations of the Company and rank senior in right of payment to the
Company’s indebtedness that is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the 2025 Notes; equal in right of payment
to the Company’s liabilities that are not so subordinated; effectively junior in right of payment to any of the Company’s
secured indebtedness to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness; and structurally junior to all
indebtedness and other liabilities incurred by the Company’s subsidiaries.
Holders may convert all or any portion of their 2025 Notes in integral multiples of $1,000 principal amount, at
their option, at any time prior to the close of business on the business day immediately preceding November 15, 2024
only under the following circumstances:
•
•
during any calendar quarter (and only during such calendar quarter), if the last reported sale price of the
shares of the Company’s common stock for at least 20 trading days (whether or not consecutive) during a
period of 30 consecutive trading days ending on the last trading day of the immediately preceding calendar
quarter is greater than or equal to 130% of the conversion price on each applicable trading day;
during the five-business day period after any ten consecutive trading day period in which the trading price
F-22
was less than 98% of the product of the last reported sale price of the Company’s common stock and the
conversion rate on each such trading day;
upon the occurrence of specified corporate events described under the 2025 Notes Indenture; or
if the Company calls the 2025 Notes for redemption, at any time until the close of business on the second
business day immediately preceding the redemption date.
•
•
On or after November 15, 2024, until the close of business on the second scheduled trading day immediately
preceding the maturity date, holders may convert all or any portion of their 2025 Notes, regardless of the foregoing
circumstances.
The conversion rate for the 2025 Notes was initially, and remains, 18.6621 shares of the Company’s common
stock per $1,000 principal amount of the 2025 Notes, which is equivalent to an initial conversion price of approximately
$53.58 per share of the Company’s common stock. Upon conversion, the Company will pay or deliver, as the case may
be, cash, shares of the Company’s common stock or a combination thereof, at the Company’s election. If the Company
elects to satisfy the conversion obligation solely in cash or through payment and delivery, as the case may be, of a
combination of cash and shares of the Company’s common stock, the amount of cash and shares of the Company’s
common stock, if any, due upon conversion will be based on a daily conversion value calculated on a proportionate basis
for each trading day in a 25 trading day observation period.
The Company may redeem for cash all or any portion of the 2025 Notes, at its option, on or after May 22, 2022
if the last reported sale price of its common stock exceeds 130% of the conversion price then in effect for at least 20
trading days (whether or not consecutive) during any 30 consecutive trading days ending on, and including the trading
day immediately preceding the date on which the Company provides notice of the redemption. The redemption price will
be the principal amount of the 2025 Notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any. In addition, calling
any 2025 Note for redemption on or after May 22, 2022 will constitute a make-whole fundamental change with respect
to that 2025 Note, in which case the conversion rate applicable to the conversion of that Note, if it is converted in
connection with the redemption, will be increased in certain circumstances as described in the 2025 Notes Indenture.
In accounting for the issuance of the 2025 Notes, the Company separated the 2025 Notes into liability and
equity components. The carrying amount of the liability component was calculated by measuring the fair value of a
similar liability that does not have an associated convertible feature. The carrying amount of the equity component
representing the conversion option was determined by deducting the fair value of the liability component from the par
value of the 2025 Notes as a whole. The excess of the principal amount of the liability component over its carrying
amount, referred to as the debt discount, is amortized to interest expense from the issuance date to November 15, 2024
(the first date on which the Company may be required to repurchase the 2025 Notes at the option of the holder). The
equity component is not re-measured as long as it continues to meet the conditions for equity classification. The equity
component related to the 2025 Notes was $91.4 million, net of issuance costs which was recorded in additional paid-in
capital on the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.
In accounting for the transaction costs related to the issuance of the 2025 Notes, the Company allocated the total
costs incurred to the liability and equity components of the 2025 Notes based on their relative values. Transaction costs
attributable to the liability component are being amortized to interest expense over the seven-year term of the 2025
Notes, and transaction costs attributable to the equity component are netted with the equity component in stockholders’
equity.
The 2025 Notes consist of the following (in thousands):
Liability component
Principal
Less: Debt discount, net (1)
Net carrying amount
As of December 31, As of December 31,
$
$
2019
287,500 $
(81,207)
206,293 $
2018
287,500
(92,913)
194,587
F-23
(1) Included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets within convertible senior notes and amortized to interest
expense over the expected life of the 2025 Notes using the effective interest rate method.
The fair value of the 2025 Notes was approximately $499.9 million as of December 31, 2019. The Company
estimates the fair value of its 2025 Notes utilizing market quotations for debt that have quoted prices in active markets.
Since the 2025 Notes do not trade on a daily basis in an active market, the fair value estimates are based on market
observable inputs based on borrowing rates currently available for debt with similar terms and average maturities, which
are classified as Level 2 measurements within the fair value hierarchy. See Note 4, “Fair Value Measurements,” for
definitions of hierarchy levels. As of December 31, 2019, the remaining contractual life of the 2025 Notes is
approximately 5.4 years.
The following table sets forth total interest expense recognized related to the 2025 Notes (in thousands):
Contractual interest expense
Amortization of debt discount
Total
Effective interest rate of the liability component
Amounts may not add due to rounding.
Convertible Senior Notes Due 2022
Year Ended
December 31,
2019
3,953
11,706
15,659
$
$
2018
2,578
6,831
9,409
$
$
7.9 %
7.9 %
On June 27, 2017, the Company issued, at par value, $275 million aggregate principal amount of 3%
convertible senior notes due 2022. The 2022 Notes bear cash interest at a rate of 3% per year, payable semi-annually in
arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year. The 2022 Notes will mature on December 15, 2022. The net proceeds
to the Company from the offering were $263.7 million after deducting offering costs of approximately $11.3 million.
The 2022 Notes are senior unsecured obligations of the Company and rank senior in right of payment to the
Company’s indebtedness that is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the 2022 Notes; equal in right of payment
to the Company’s liabilities that are not so subordinated; effectively junior in right of payment to any of the Company’s
secured indebtedness to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness; and structurally junior to all
indebtedness and other liabilities incurred by the Company’s subsidiaries.
Holders may convert all or any portion of their 2022 Notes in integral multiples of $1,000 principal amount, at
their option, at any time prior to the close of business on the business day immediately preceding June 15, 2022 only
under the following circumstances:
•
•
•
•
during any calendar quarter (and only during such calendar quarter), if the last reported sale price of the
shares of the Company’s common stock for at least 20 trading days (whether or not consecutive) during a
period of 30 consecutive trading days ending on the last trading day of the immediately preceding calendar
quarter is greater than or equal to 130% of the conversion price on each applicable trading day;
during the five-business day period after any ten consecutive trading day period in which the trading price
was less than 98% of the product of the last reported sale price of the Company’s common stock and the
conversion rate on each such trading day;
upon the occurrence of specified corporate events described under the 2022 Notes Indenture; or
if the Company calls the 2022 Notes for redemption, at any time until the close of business on the second
business day immediately preceding the redemption date.
On or after June 15, 2022, until the close of business on the second scheduled trading day immediately
preceding the maturity date, holders may convert all or any portion of their 2022 Notes, regardless of the foregoing
circumstances.
F-24
The conversion rate for the 2022 Notes was initially, and remains, 22.7247 shares of the Company’s common
stock per $1,000 principal amount of the 2022 Notes, which is equivalent to an initial conversion price of approximately
$44.00 per share of the Company’s common stock. Upon conversion, the Company will pay or deliver, as the case may
be, cash, shares of the Company’s common stock or a combination thereof, at the Company’s election. If the Company
elects to satisfy the conversion obligation solely in cash or through payment and delivery, as the case may be, of a
combination of cash and shares of the Company’s common stock, the amount of cash and shares of the Company’s
common stock, if any, due upon conversion will be based on a daily conversion value calculated on a proportionate basis
for each trading day in a 25 trading day observation period.
The Company may redeem for cash all or any portion of the 2022 Notes, at its option, on or after December 22,
2020 if the last reported sale price of its common stock exceeds 130% of the conversion price then in effect for at least
20 trading days (whether or not consecutive) during any 30 consecutive trading days ending on, and including the trading
day immediately preceding the date on which the Company provides notice of the redemption. The redemption price will
be the principal amount of the 2022 Notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any. In addition, calling
any 2022 Note for redemption on or after December 22, 2020 will constitute a make-whole fundamental change with
respect to that 2022 Note, in which case the conversion rate applicable to the conversion of that Note, if it is converted in
connection with the redemption, will be increased in certain circumstances as described in the 2022 Notes Indenture.
In accounting for the issuance of the 2022 Notes, the Company separated the 2022 Notes into liability and
equity components. The carrying amount of the liability component was calculated by measuring the fair value of a
similar liability that does not have an associated convertible feature. The carrying amount of the equity component
representing the conversion option was determined by deducting the fair value of the liability component from the par
value of the 2022 Notes as a whole. The excess of the principal amount of the liability component over its carrying
amount, referred to as the debt discount, is amortized to interest expense from the issuance date to June 15, 2022 (the
first date on which the Company may be required to repurchase the 2022 Notes at the option of the holder). The equity
component is not re-measured as long as it continues to meet the conditions for equity classification. The equity
component related to the 2022 Notes was $62.4 million, net of issuance costs which was recorded in additional paid-in
capital on the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.
In accounting for the transaction costs related to the issuance of the 2022 Notes, the Company allocated the total
costs incurred to the liability and equity components of the 2022 Notes based on their relative values. Transaction costs
attributable to the liability component are being amortized to interest expense over the five and a half year term of the
2022 Notes, and transaction costs attributable to the equity component are netted with the equity components in
stockholders’ equity.
The 2022 Notes consist of the following (in thousands):
Liability component
Principal
Less: Debt discount, net (2)
Net carrying amount
As of December 31, As of December 31,
$
$
2019
274,995 $
(40,878)
234,117 $
2018
275,000
(54,904)
220,096
(2) Included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets within convertible senior notes and amortized to interest
expense over the expected life of the 2022 Notes using the effective interest rate method.
The fair value of the 2022 Notes was approximately $553.8 million as of December 31, 2019. The Company
estimates the fair value of its 2022 Notes utilizing market quotations for debt that have quoted prices in active markets.
Since the 2022 Notes do not trade on a daily basis in an active market, the fair value estimates are based on market
observable inputs based on borrowing rates currently available for debt with similar terms and average maturities, which
are classified as Level 2 measurements within the fair value hierarchy. See Note 4, “Fair Value Measurements,” for
definitions of hierarchy levels. As of December 31, 2019, the remaining contractual life of the 2022 Notes is
approximately 3.0 years.
F-25
The following table sets forth total interest expense recognized related to the 2022 Notes (in thousands):
Contractual interest expense
Amortization of debt discount
Total
Effective interest rate of the liability component
Amounts may not add due to rounding.
Note 12. Leases and Contractual Obligations
Operating Leases
2019
$ 8,250
14,026
$ 22,276
Year Ended
December 31,
2018
8,250
12,726
$ 20,976
$
$
2017
4,227
6,052
$ 10,279
10.0 %
10.0 %
10.0 %
The Company has operating leases for facilities, hosting co-location facilities and certain equipment under non-
cancelable leases in the United States and various international locations. The leases have remaining lease terms of 1 to
11 years, with options to extend the lease term from 1 to 6 years. At the inception of an arrangement, the Company
determines whether the arrangement is or contains a lease based on the arrangement conveing the right ot use property,
plant or equipment for a started period of time. For new and amended leases beginning in 2019 and after, the Company
will separately allocate the lease (e.g., fixed lease payments for right-to-use land, building, etc.) and non-lease
components (e.g., common area maintenance) for its leases. The components of operating lease expense reflected in the
consolidated statements of operations were as follows (in thousands):
Lease cost
Operating lease cost
Variable lease cost
Total lease cost
Year Ended
December 31, 2019
$
$
8,020
954
8,974
In determining the present value of the lease payments, the Company has elected to utilize its incremental
borrowing rate based on the original lease term and not the remaining lease term. Supplemental information related to
operating leases was as follows (in thousands):
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Cash payment for operating cash flows used for operating leases
Operating lease liabilities arising from obtaining right-of-use assets
Other Information
Weighted-average remaining lease term
Weighted-average discount rate
Year Ended
December 31, 2019
7,911
$
6,228
$
6.03 yrs
6.50%
F-26
The Company leases office space under non-cancelable operating leases in the United States and various
international locations. As of December 31, 2019, the future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating
leases are as follows (in thousands):
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025 and thereafter
Sub-total
Less: imputed interest
Minimum lease payments
Amounts may not add due to rounding.
Operating
Leases
$
$
7,030
5,890
5,751
5,477
4,382
8,019
36,549
6,467
30,082
The future minimum lease payments primarily relate to facilities space. The facility lease agreements generally
provide for rental payments on a graduated basis and for options to renew, which could increase future minimum lease
payments if exercised. As of December 31, 2019, the Company entered into a lease, commencing in 2020 future lease
payments of $8.0 million, excluding purchase options, that are not yet recorded on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.
Letter of Credit
The Company has $2.2 million letter of credits outstanding relating to its leased office space at December 31,
2019.
Note 13. Common Stock and Stockholders’ Equity
Capitalization
Effective May 31, 2018, the authorized number of shares of the Company’s common stock was increased from
100,000,000 to 150,000,000 shares.
On July 26, 2018, Teladoc Health closed on its July Offering in which the Company issued and sold 5,000,000
shares of common stock, at an issuance price of $66.28 per share. The Company received net proceeds of $330.9 million
after deducting offering expenses of $0.5 million.
Warrants
The Company has no warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2019 and 2018.
Stock Plan and Stock Options
The Company’s 2015 Incentive Award Plan (the “Plan”) provides for the issuance of incentive and nonstatutory
options and other equity-based awards to its employees and non-employees. Options issued under the Plan are
exercisable for periods not to exceed ten years, and vest and contain such other terms and conditions as specified in the
applicable award document. Options to buy common stock are issued under the Plan, with exercise prices equal to the
closing price of shares of the Company’s common stock on the New York Stock Exchange on the date of award. The
Company had 4,782,863 shares available for grant at December 31, 2019.
F-27
Activity under the Plan is as follows (in thousands, except share and per share amounts and years):
Weighted-
Number of
Shares
Outstanding
Price
Weighted- Average
Average
Exercise
Remaining
Contractual
Life in Years
Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
Balance at December 31, 2018
Stock option grants
Stock options exercised
Stock options forfeited
Stock options expired
Balance at December 31, 2019
Vested or expected to vest at December 31, 2019
Exercisable at December 31, 2019
6,947,797 $ 23.15
164,524 $ 64.52
(1,632,130) $ 20.40
(271,192) $ 39.73
0.80
5,206,981 $ 24.47
5,206,981 $ 24.47
3,300,173 $ 19.60
(2,018) $
7.86 $ 186,770
0 $
0
0 $ (74,068)
0
0 $
0
0 $
7.03 $ 308,538
7.03 $ 308,538
6.65 $ 211,594
The total grant-date fair value of stock options granted during the year ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and
2017 was $4.7 million, $27.0 million and $73.8 million, respectively.
All stock-based awards to employees are measured based on the grant-date fair value of the awards and are
generally recognized on a straight-line basis in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations over the period
during which the employee is required to perform services in exchange for the award (generally requiring a four-year
vesting period for each award). The Company estimates the fair value of stock options granted using the Black-Scholes
option-pricing model.
The assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model are determined as follows:
Volatility. Since the Company does not have a trading history prior to July 2015 for its common stock, the
expected volatility was derived from a blend of the Company’s history and the historical stock volatilities of several
unrelated public companies within its industry that it considers to be comparable to its business combined with the
Company’s stock volatility over a period equivalent to the expected term of the stock option grants. The Company
increases the weighted average applied to the Company’s trading history each year as more history becomes available.
Risk-Free Interest Rate. The risk-free interest rate is based on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with terms
similar to the expected term on the options.
Expected Term. The expected term represents the period that the stock-based awards are expected to be
outstanding. When establishing the expected term assumption, the Company utilizes historical data.
Dividend Yield. The Company has never declared or paid any cash dividends and does not plan to pay cash
dividends in the foreseeable future, and therefore, it used an expected dividend yield of zero.
Forfeiture rate. The Company recognizes forfeitures as they occur.
The fair value of each option grant was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing
model with the following assumptions and fair value per share:
Volatility
Expected life (in years)
Risk-free interest rate
Dividend yield
Weighted-average fair value of underlying stock options
Year Ended December 31,
2019
2018
46.8% – 47.6% 43.4% – 46.1%
5.2
6.0
1.35% - 2.55% 2.45% - 3.03%
0
28.37
0
20.26
$
$
F-28
2017
44.8% – 47.7%
6.0
1.81% - 2.30%
0
12.14
$
For the year ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, the Company recorded compensation expense related to
stock options granted of $20.4 million and $24.6 million and $17.6 million, respectively.
As of December 31, 2019, the Company had $26.4 million in unrecognized compensation cost related to non
vested stock options, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 1.9 years.
Restricted Stock Units
In May 2017, the Company commenced issuing Restricted Stock Units (“RSU’s”), pursuant to the Plan to
certain employees and Board Members under the 2017 Employment Inducement Incentive Award Plan.
The fair value of the RSU’s is determined on the date of grant. The Company records compensation expense in
the consolidated statement of operations on a straight-line basis over the vesting period for RSU’s and on an accelerated
tranche by tranche basis for performance based awards. The vesting period for employees and members of the Board of
Directors ranges from one to four years.
Activity under the RSU’s is as follows:
Weighted-Average
Grant Date
Balance at December 31, 2018
Granted
Vested and issued
Forfeited
Balance at December 31, 2019
Vested and unissued at December 31, 2019
Non-vested at December 31, 2019
Shares
1,332,824 $
878,004 $
(517,572) $
(209,698) $
1,483,558 $
13,755 $
1,469,803 $
Fair Value Per Share
40.61
64.66
39.55
54.14
54.13
50.90
53.98
The total grant-date fair value of RSU’s granted for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 were
$56.7 million, $49.3 million and $24.8 million, respectively.
For the year ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, the Company recorded stock-based compensation
expense related to the RSU’s of $30.5 million, $16.7 million and $12.4 million, respectively.
As of December 31, 2019, the Company had $56.8 million in unrecognized compensation cost related to
non-vested RSU’s, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately 1.9 years.
Performance Stock Units
The Company began issuing grants Performance Stock Units (“PSUs”) to employees under the 2015 Plan in 2018.
Stock-based compensation costs associated with our PSU are initially determined using the fair market value of the
Company's common stock on the date the awards are approved by the Compensation Committee of the Board of
Directors (service inception date). The vesting of these PSU is subject to certain performance conditions and a service
requirement ranging from 1-3 years. Until the performance conditions are met, stock compensation costs associated with
these PSU are re-measured each reporting period based upon the fair market value of the Company's common stock and
the estimated performance attainment on the reporting date. The ultimate number of PSUs that are issued to an employee
is the result of the actual performance of the Company at the end of the performance period compared to the performance
conditions and can range from 50% to 200% of the initial grant. Stock compensation expense for PSUs is recognized on
an accelerated tranche by tranche basis for performance-based awards. Forfeitures are accounted for at the time the
occur consistent with Company policy.
F-29
Activity under the PSU is as follows:
Balance at December 31, 2018
Granted
Vested and issued
Forfeited
Balance at December 31, 2019
Vested and unissued at December 31, 2019
Non-vested at December 31, 2019
Weighted-Average
Grant Date
Shares
76,624 $
486,441 $
(31,338) $
(19,245) $
512,482 $
0 $
512,482 $
Fair Value Per Share
38.55
64.94
38.55
67.55
62.51
0
62.51
The total grant-date fair value of PSU granted for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 were $31.6
million and $3.5 million, respectively.
For the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company recorded stock-based compensation expense
related to the PSU of $14.6 million and $1.5 million, respectively. The Company had no stock-based compensation
expense related to the PSU for the year ended December 31, 2017.
As of December 31, 2019, the Company had $15.2 million in unrecognized compensation cost related to
non-vested PSU, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately 2.0 years.
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
In July 2015, the Company adopted the 2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or ESPP, in connection with its
initial public offering. A total of 645,258 shares of common stock were reserved for issuance under this plan as of
December 31, 2018. The Company’s ESPP permits eligible employees to purchase common stock at a discount through
payroll deductions during defined offering periods. Under the ESPP, the Company may specify offerings with durations
of not more than 27 months, and may specify shorter purchase periods within each offering. Each offering will have one
or more purchase dates on which shares of its common stock will be purchased for employees participating in the
offering. An offering may be terminated under certain circumstances. The price at which the stock is purchased is equal
to the lower of 85% of the fair market value of the common stock at the beginning of an offering period or on the date of
purchase.
During 2019 and 2018, the Company issued 64,497 shares and 85,218 shares, respectively, under the ESPP. As
of December 31, 2019, 461,650 shares remained available for issuance.
For the year ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, the Company recorded stock-based compensation
expense related to the ESPP of $1.2 million, $1.0 million and $0.6 million, respectively, based on offerings made under
the plan to-date.
As of December 31, 2019, the Company had $0.6 million in unrecognized compensation cost related to the
ESPP, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately 0.4 years.
Total compensation costs charged as an expense for stock-based awards, including stock options, RSU’s and
ESPP, recognized in the components of operating expenses are as follows (in thousands):
Administrative and marketing
Sales
Technology and development
General and administrative
Total stock-based compensation expense
Amounts may not add due to rounding.
F-30
$
2019
4,956 $
Year Ended
December 31,
2018
2,091 $
7,638
6,000
28,040
2017
4,584
3,503
2,919
19,591
$ 66,702 $ 43,769 $ 30,597
10,286
7,573
43,887
Note 14. Income Taxes
The Company follows the provisions of the accounting guidance on accounting for income taxes which requires
recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been
included in the financial statements or tax returns. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined
based on the difference between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in
effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. A valuation allowance is provided to reduce the
deferred tax asset to a level which, more likely than not, will be realized.
For financial reporting purposes, income (loss) before income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2019,
2018 and 2017 include the following components (in thousands):
Domestic
International
Total
Amounts may not add due to rounding.
$
2019
(95,476) $
(13,979)
$ (109,455) $
Year Ended December 31,
2018
(91,142) $ (107,703)
696
(96,966) $ (107,007)
(5,824)
2017
The provision (benefit) for income taxes is comprised of the following components:
Current federal
Current state
Current foreign
Total current
Deferred federal
Deferred state
Deferred foreign
Total deferred
Total (Benefit) / Provision
Amounts may not add due to rounding.
Year Ended December 31,
2018
2017
2019
$
$
239 $
300
(262)
277
0 $
6
2,011
2,017
(5,043)
(1,783)
(4,042)
(10,868)
(10,591) $
(499)
416
(1,816)
(1,899)
118 $
9
0
357
366
(273)
122
(440)
(591)
(225)
F-31
The provision for income taxes differs from the amount computed by applying the statutory federal income tax
rate to income before provision for income taxes. The sources and tax effects of the differences are as follows:
Tax at federal statutory rate
State and local tax
Mandatory repatriation net of dividends received deduction
Acquisition expenses
Non-deductible stock compensation
Executive compensation
Non-deductible expenses
Foreign rate differential
Foreign tax credit
Change in deferred taxes due to tax legislation
Change in valuation allowance due to tax legislation
Change in valuation allowance
Other
Effective tax rate
Year Ended
December 31,
2018
21.0 %
4.8 %
0 %
(1.3)%
16.5 %
0 %
(0.3)%
0 %
0 %
0 %
0 %
(41.5)%
0.7 %
(0.1)%
2017
35.0 %
2.5 %
(3.2)%
0 %
6.6 %
0 %
(0.2)%
0 %
1.2 %
(34.5)%
35.3 %
(43.1)%
0.6 %
0.2 %
2019
21.0 %
4.6 %
0 %
(0.4)%
11.5 %
(3.8)%
(0.2)%
2.2 %
0 %
0 %
0 %
(25.3)%
0.1 %
9.7 %
The Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):
Deferred tax assets:
Net operating loss carryforwards
Accrued expenses and compensation
Uncertain tax positions, including interest
Stock-based compensation
Foreign tax credits and alternative minimum tax credits
Interest expense carryforward
Operating lease assets (1)
Other
Deferred tax assets
Valuation allowance
Net deferred tax assets
Deferred tax liabilities:
Debt related
Operating lease liabilities (1)
Depreciation of property and equipment
Intangible assets
Deferred tax liabilities
As of
December 31,
2019
2018
$ 158,520 $ 136,384
782
312
9,175
7,135
1,274
0
73
155,135
(93,572)
61,563
2,168
352
14,914
5,871
1,295
7,492
127
190,739
(121,186)
69,553
(27,545)
(6,889)
(1,344)
(55,453)
(91,231)
(31,986)
0
(2,342)
(59,679)
(94,007)
Net deferred tax liabilities
$
(21,678) $
(32,444)
(1) As discussed in Note 14 to the consolidated financial statements, in 2019, we adopted an updated lease accounting
standard that resulted in the recognition of operating lease right-of-use assets and lease liabilities. We adopted this
standard using a transition method that does not require application to periods prior to adoption.
(2) Amounts may not add due to rounding.
F-32
As of December 31, 2019, the Company has a valuation allowance of approximately $121.2 million against
most of the domestic net deferred tax assets, for which realization cannot be considered more likely than not at this time.
The net deferred tax liability is the result of indefinite lived assets related to amortization of U.S. tax deductible goodwill
along with foreign operation timing differences. The increase in the valuation allowance of $27.6 million is primarily
due to the current year loss in the U.S. Management assesses the need for the valuation allowance on a quarterly basis. In
assessing the need for a valuation allowance, the Company considers all positive and negative evidence, including
scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, tax planning strategies, and past financial
performance. The Company remains in a significant cumulative loss position as of December 31, 2019 and, as a result,
management believes a full valuation allowance against most domestic net deferred tax assets, except for the domestic
deferred tax liabilities associated with indefinite lived intangible assets, is warranted as of December 31, 2019. The
primary driver for the income tax benefit as of December 31, 2019 as compared to the income tax expense at
December 31, 2018 is the partial release of the valuation allowance due to the reasessment of the realizability of deferred
tax assets. This relates to the intercompany transfer of a U.S. subsidiary from a foreign owned subsidiary to the U.S.
parent, which was recorded in the quarter ending September 30,2019. The valuation allowance against the remaining
deferred tax assets may require adjustment in the future based on changes in the mix of temporary differences, changes
in tax laws, and operating performance. If and when the Company determines the valuation allowance should be released
(i.e., reduced), the adjustment would result in a tax benefit reported in that period’s Consolidated Statements of
Operations, the effect of which would be an increase in reported net income. The amount of any such tax benefit
associated with release of our valuation allowance in a particular reporting period may be material.
H.R. 1, commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, was enacted on December 22, 2017. The Tax Act
included significant changes to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, including amendments which
significantly change the taxation of business entities. ASC 740, Accounting for Income Taxes, requires companies to
recognize the effect of tax law changes in the period of enactment. The Company recognized the impact of the reduction
in the U.S. statutory rate from 35% to 21% at December 31, 2017 as well as the impact of the mandatory repatriation,
which was fully offset with a change in net operating loss and valuation allowance. Given the significance of the
legislation, the Securities and Exchange Commission staff issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118 (SAB 118), which
clarifies accounting for income taxes under ASC 740 if information is not yet available or complete and provided for up
to a one-year period in which to complete the required analyses and accounting. The Company finalized the impacts of
the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act during the filing of the domestic tax return in the fourth quarter of 2018 and it did not have a
material impact to the consolidated financial statements.
In accordance with the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, the Company reduced the current U.S. statutory tax rate from 35
percent to 21 percent on January 1, 2018. The Company also limited its interest deduction in accordance with the
changes to IRC Section 163(j), which expands the limitation on the deductibility of interest expense, resulting in the
creation of an interest expense carryforward of $5.2 million, at the effective date, which can be carried forward
indefinitely and is offset with a valuation allowance. The Company assessed the Global Intangible Low-Taxed Income,
and although not material, the Company is accounting for it as a current period cost. The Company is not subject to the
Base Erosion and Anti-Abuse Tax.
As of December 31, 2019, the Company has approximately $609.7 million of federal net operating loss
carryforwards, $326.7 million of state net operating loss carryforwards, and $39.3 million of foreign net operating loss
carryforwards. The federal net operating loss carryforwards created in the year ended December 31, 2018 of $205.8
million carry forward infinitely, while the remaining federal net operating loss carryforwards of $404.0 million begin to
expire in 2020. The state net operating loss carryforwards begin to expire in 2019, and the foreign net operating loss
carryforwards begin to expire in 2021. As of December 31, 2019, the Company has approximately $5.9 million of
foreign tax credits, which begin to expire in 2020.
Utilization of the net operating loss carryforwards and foreign tax credits may be subject to a substantial annual
limitation under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 due to ownership change limitations that have
occurred previously or that could occur in the future in accordance with Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of
1986, or Section 382, as well as similar state provisions. These ownership changes may limit the amount of NOL
carryforwards that can be utilized annually to offset future taxable income. In general, an ownership change as defined
F-33
by Section 382 results from transactions increasing the ownership of certain shareholders or public groups in the stock of
a corporation by more than 50 percentage points over a three-year period.
The Company is subject to income taxes in the U.S. and numerous foreign jurisdictions. Significant judgment is
required in evaluating our tax positions and determining our provision for income taxes. During the ordinary course of
business, there are many transactions and calculations for which the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. The
Company establishes reserves for tax-related uncertainties based on estimates of whether, and the extent to which,
additional taxes will be due. These reserves are established when we believe that certain positions might be challenged
despite our belief that our tax return positions are fully supportable. The Company adjusts these reserves in light of
changing facts and circumstances, such as the outcome of tax audit. The provision for income taxes includes the impact
of reserve provisions and changes to reserves that are considered appropriate. A reconciliation of the beginning and
ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows (in thousands):
Balance on January 1, 2019
Additions based on Prior Year Tax Positions
Balance on December 31, 2019
$
$
2,907
5
2,912
The Company anticipates that $2.4 million of unrecognized tax benefits will decrease in the next 12 months.
The Company files tax returns as prescribed by the tax laws of the jurisdictions in which it operates. In the
normal course of business, the Company is subject to examination by federal and state jurisdictions in the United States
and other countries, where applicable. There are currently no pending tax examinations. The Company thus is still open
under the U.S. statute from 2014 to the present and as early as 2006 to the present for foreign jurisdictions. Earlier years
may be examined to the extent that loss carryforwards are used in future periods. There are no tax matters under
discussion with taxing authorities that are expected to have a material effect on the Company's consolidated financial
statements.
The Company’s policy is to include interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component
of interest expense, net in the consolidated statements of operations.
The Company’s consolidated financial statements provide for any related tax liability on amounts that may be
repatriated, aside from undistributed earnings of $12.8 million for the Company’s foreign subsidiaries that are intended
to be indefinitely reinvested in operations outside the U.S. as of December 31, 2019. The amount of any unrecognized
deferred tax liability on these undistributed earnings would be immaterial.
Note 15. Sale of Assets
On June 29, 2018, the Company completed the sale of certain assets, primarily client contracts for services
provided in the workers compensation field for total consideration of $5.5 million. The Company recorded a gain on this
sale of $5.5 million which is included in the consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31,
2018.
Note 16. Net Loss per Share
Basic net loss per share is computed by dividing the net loss by the weighted-average number of shares of
common stock of the Company outstanding during the period. Diluted net loss per share is computed by giving effect to
all potential shares of common stock of the Company, including outstanding stock options, warrants and convertible
notes, to the extent dilutive. Basic and diluted net loss per share was the same for each period presented as the inclusion
of all potential shares of common stock of the Company outstanding would have been anti-dilutive. The Company has
5.2 million outstanding stock options, 2.0 million outstanding restricted stock units and 0.1 million issuable shares of
common stock associated with the ESPP.
F-34
The following table presents the calculation of basic and diluted net loss per share for the Company’s common
stock (in thousands, except shares and per share data):
Net loss
Weighted-average shares used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share
Net loss per share, basic and diluted
2019
Year Ended
December 31,
2018
$ (98,864) $ (97,084) $ (106,782)
55,427
(1.93)
(1.47) $
(1.38) $
65,845
71,845
$
2017
Note 17. Quarterly Statement of Operations
The following table sets forth our quarterly consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended
December 31, 2019 and 2018:
(in thousands, except net loss per share data)
1Q18
2Q18
3Q18
4Q18
1Q19
2Q19
3Q19
4Q19
Revenue
Expenses:
Cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and
amortization shown separately below)
Operating expenses:
Advertising and marketing
Sales
Technology and development
Legal and regulatory
Acquisition and integration related costs
Gain on sale
General and administrative
Depreciation and amortization
Total expenses
Loss from operations
Interest expense, net
Net loss before taxes
Income tax provision (benefit)
Net loss
GAAP Net Loss per Share
Weighted Average Common Shares Outstanding Used in
Computing GAAP Net Loss per Share - Basic and Diluted
Amounts may not add due to rounding.
$
$ 89,644 $ 94,560 $ 110,962 $ 122,741 $ 128,573 $ 130,276 $ 137,969 $ 156,489
26,856
27,684
34,167
40,028
44,677
41,634
42,799
55,355
20,325
13,783
12,904
1,045
1,569
0
24,001
8,253
108,736
19,561
14,559
14,348
639
5,800
(4,070)
26,140
8,046
112,707
21,668
16,303
13,577
807
1,588
(1,430)
30,314
9,746
126,740
23,555
14,509
13,544
1,490
1,434
0
36,461
9,557
140,578
26,404
16,212
15,987
1,586
1,012
0
35,982
9,600
151,460
26,616
15,832
16,665
2,019
1,136
0
38,549
9,848
152,299
31,321
16,120
15,746
1,634
1,995
0
38,681
9,617
157,913
25,356
16,751
16,246
1,523
2,477
0
44,482
9,887
172,077
(19,092)
4,873
(18,147)
6,910
(15,778)
7,666
(17,837)
6,663
(22,887)
6,521
(22,023)
7,211
(19,944)
7,700
(15,588)
7,581
(23,965)
(103)
(25,057)
22
(23,444)
(180)
(24,500)
379
(29,408)
742
(29,234)
90
(27,644)
(7,298)
(23,169)
(4,125)
(23,862)
(25,079)
(23,264)
(24,879)
(30,150)
(29,324)
(20,346)
(0.39) $
(0.40) $
(0.34) $
(0.35) $
(0.43) $
(0.41) $
(0.28) $
(19,044)
(0.26)
61,798
62,976
68,248
70,240
70,919
71,721
72,151
72,565
Note: The Company acquired Advance Medical on May 31, 2018 and MedecinDirect on April 30, 2019. The results of
the acquisitions were integrated within the Company’s existing business on the respective acquisition dates.
Amounts may not add due to rounding.
Note 18. 401(k) Plan
The Company has established a 401(k) plan that qualifies as a deferred compensation arrangement under
Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code. All U.S. employees over the age of 21 are eligible to participate in the plan.
The Company contributes 100% of eligible employee’s elective deferral up to 4% of $0.3 million of eligible earnings.
The Company made matching contributions to participants’ accounts totaling $3.2 million, $2.7 million and $1.7 million
during the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.
Note 19. Legal Matters
From time to time, Teladoc Health is involved in various litigation matters arising out of the normal course of
business, including the matters described below. The Company consults with legal counsel on those issues related to
litigation and seek input from other experts and advisors with respect to such matters. Estimating the probable losses or a
F-35
range of probable losses resulting from litigation, government actions and other legal proceedings is inherently difficult
and requires an extensive degree of judgment, particularly where the matters involve indeterminate claims for monetary
damages, may involve discretionary amounts, present novel legal theories, are in the early stages of the proceedings, or
are subject to appeal. Whether any losses, damages or remedies ultimately resulting from such matters could reasonably
have a material effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows will depend on a number
of variables, including, for example, the timing and amount of such losses or damages (if any) and the structure and type
of any such remedies. Teladoc Health’s management does not presently expect any litigation matter to have a material
adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
On December 12, 2018, a purported securities class action complaint (Reiner v. Teladoc Health, Inc., et.al.) was
filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York against the Company and certain of the
Company’s officers and a former officer. The complaint is brought on behalf of a purported class consisting of all
persons or entities who purchased or otherwise acquired shares of the Company’s common stock during the period
March 3, 2016 through December 5, 2018. The complaint asserts violations of Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 based on allegedly false or misleading statements and omissions with respect to, among other
things, the alleged misconduct of one of the Company’s previous Executive Officers. The complaint seeks certification
as a class action and unspecified compensatory damages plus interest and attorneys’ fees. The Company believes that the
claims against the Company and its officers are without merit, and the Company and its named officers intend to defend
the Company vigorously, including filing a motion to dismiss the complaint.
In addition, on June 21, 2019, a stockholder derivative lawsuit (Kreutter v. Gorevic, et al.) was filed in the
SDNY against certain current and former directors and officers of the Company. The derivative lawsuit alleges that the
named directors and officers breached their fiduciary duties to the Company in connection with factual assertions
substantially similar to those in the purported securities class action complaint described above. The Company believes
that the claims set forth in this stockholder derivative lawsuit are without merit.
On May 14, 2018, a purported class action complaint (Thomas v. Best Doctors, Inc.) was filed in the United
States District Court for the District of Massachusetts against the Company’s wholly owned subsidiary, Best Doctors,
Inc. The complaint alleges that on or about May 16, 2017, Best Doctors violated the U.S. Telephone Consumer
Protection Act (TCPA) by sending unsolicited facsimiles to plaintiff and certain other recipients without the recipients’
prior express invitation or permission. The lawsuit seeks statutory damages for each violation, subject to trebling under
the TCPA, and injunctive relief. The Company will vigorously defend the lawsuit and any potential loss is currently
deemed to be immaterial.
Note 20. Subsequent Event
On January 12, 2020, the Company entered into a definitive agreement to acquire InTouch Technologies, Inc.,
the leading provider of enterprise telehealth solutions for hospitals and health systems. The transaction is expected to
close by the end of the second quarter of 2020. Under the terms of the agreement, the purchase price of $600.0 million
will consist of approximately $150.0 million in cash and $450.0 million of Teladoc Health’s common stock.
F-36
(This page has been left blank intentionally.)
Corporate
information
STOCK LISTING
Teladoc Health’s common stock is traded on the
New York Stock Exchange. Teladoc Health’s ticker
symbol is TDOC.
TRANSFER AGENT
American Stock Transfer and Trust Company, LLC
6201 15th Avenue
Brooklyn, New York 11219
www.astfinancial.com
718-921-8124
INVESTOR RELATIONS
Teladoc Health
Investor Relations
2 Manhattanville Road
Purchase, NY 10577
203-635-2002
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED
PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
Ernst & Young, LLP
5 Times Square
New York, NY 10036
CORPORATE HEADQUARTERS
2 Manhattanville Road
Purchase, New York 10577
203-635-2002
CORPORATE WEBSITE
www.TeladocHealth.com
LEARN MORE
DIRECTORS
David B. Snow Jr. (Chairman)
Helen Darling
William H. Frist, MD
Michael Goldstein
Jason Gorevic
Catherine A. Jacobson
Brian McAndrews
Thomas G. McKinley
Arneek Multani
Kenneth H. Paulus
David L. Shedlarz
Mark D. Smith, MD
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
Jason Gorevic
Chief Executive Officer
Michelle Bucaria
Chief Human Resources Officer
Lewis Levy, MD
Chief Medical Officer
Mala Murthy
Chief Financial Officer
David Sides
Chief Operating Officer
Andrew Turitz
Senior Vice President
Corporate Development
Adam Vandervoort
Chief Legal Officer and Secretary
Stephany Verstraete
Chief Marketing Officer
TeladocHealth.com | 203-635-2002 | NYSE: TDOC
About Teladoc Health
Teladoc Health is the global virtual care leader, helping millions of people resolve their healthcare needs with confidence. Together with our
clients and partners, we are continually modernizing the healthcare experience and making high-quality healthcare a reality for more people and
organizations around the world.
© 2020 Teladoc Health, Inc. All rights reserved.
Our Values
We are passionate about taking care of people.
We are committed to unsurpassed quality.
We keep our promises.
We strive to create value.
We stand up for what’s right.
We lead with integrity, accountability, and transparency.
We respect each other and value succeeding together.
© 2020 Teladoc Health, Inc. All rights reserved. 44728512
Annual
Report
2019
2
0
1
9
T
E
L
A
D
O
C
H
E
A
L
T
H
A
N
N
U
A
L
R
E
P
O
R
T
LEARN MORE
TeladocHealth.com | 203-635-2002 | NYSE: TDOC